Bournemouth University Postgraduate Prospectus 2015

askBU Enquiry Service Tel:   +44 (0) 1202 961916 Email: askBUenquiries@bournemouth.ac.uk

Postgraduate

Bournemouth University

Bournemouth University Fern Barrow Poole Dorset BH12 5BB UK

prospectus 2015

Web: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

Follow us on Twitter twitter.com/bournemouthuni

Produced by Bournemouth University on 100% recycled paper. Bournemouth University has Fairtrade status.

Alternative formats are available on request.

6287-07/14-WGB formats@bournemouth.ac.uk

Postgraduate prospectus 2015

Find us on Facebook www.bournemouth.ac.uk/pg-facebook

Bright people.

Bright futures.

Contents 2

Course listing

4 Welcome 6

What is the right mode of study for you?

8

Research themes

12 A different way of thinking 14 10 reasons to live in Bournemouth and Poole 16 Postgraduate support 18 Additional Learning Support 20 Your postgraduate life 26 International students 30 Bournemouth University International College 32 Life after BU 34 Contact us at askBU 35 Visit or meet us 36 The Business School 38 The School of Health & Social Care 40 The Media School 42 The Faculty of Science & Technology 44 The School of Tourism 46 The Graduate School 48 Postgraduate taught courses 180 Your application 182 Entry requirements 184 Tuition fees and funding 186 Accommodation 190 Rules and regulations 192 Scholarships 193 Index www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

2

Course listing Animation

Computing

MA 3D Computer Animation

53

MSc Applied Data Analytics

88

MSc Computer Animation & Visual Effects

54

MSc Cyber Security & Human Factors

89

MA Computer Games Art

57

MSc Computer Games Technology

56

MSc Enterprise Information Systems

86

MA Digital Effects

55

MSc Information Technology

87

Archaeology & Anthropology

Conservation Ecology & Environmental Sciences

MSc Applied Sciences by Research

60

MSc Archaeological Practice

61

MSc Forensic Archaeology

65

Corporate & Marketing Communications

MSc Maritime Archaeology

63

MA Advertising

96

MSc Osteoarchaeology

62

MA Corporate Communication

99

The Bournemouth MBA

68

MA International Political Communication

97

MSc Consumer Behaviour

74

Design & Engineering

MSc Innovation Management & Entrepreneurship

75

MSc Engineering Project Management

102

MSc International Management

71

MA Industrial Design

105

70

MSc Mechanical Engineering Design

103

MSc Product Design

104

Business & Management

MSc Management with Human Resources

MSc Biodiversity Conservation

92

MSc Green Economy

93

MSc Management with Project Management

73

Finance

MSc Marketing Management

72

MSc Corporate Governance

108

MSc Finance

109

MSc Professional Development (Human Resource Management) (part-time)

69

MSc Retail Management & Marketing

MSc International Accounting & Finance

110

76

MSc Sport Management

77

MSc International Economics & Finance

111

MSc International Finance

112

MSc International Investment & Finance

113

MSc International Risk Management & Finance

114

MSc International Taxation & Finance

115

Communications MA Adaptation

80

MA Literary Media

81

MA Media & Communication

83

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

3

Forensic & Biological Sciences MSc Biological Anthropology

121

MSc Forensic Osteology

120

MSc Forensic Toxicology by Research

119

Health & Social Care

Grad Dip Law/Common Professional Examination (CPE)

148

Legal Practice Course (LPC)

149

LLM Public International Law

150

Media Production MA Cinematography for Film & Television

154

MA Creative & Media Education (part-time)

163

MSc Digital Music & Audio Production

161

MA Directing Film & Television

155

MA Media Arts Practice

159

130

Short courses for Media Professionals

165

131

MA Post Production Editing

158

MA Producing Film & Television

156

MA Production Design for Film & Television

157

MA Radio Production

162

PG Dip Adult Nursing

124

MA Advanced Mental Health Practice

132

PG Dip Advanced Nurse Practitioner

128

MA Advanced Practice

129

MA Advanced Practice (Child & Family Social Work) MA Advanced Practice (Vulnerable Adults) PG Dip Children & Young People’s Nursing

125

CPD courses for Health & Social Care Professionals

139

MA Leading & Developing Services

133

MA Scriptwriting

164

PG Dip Mental Health Nursing

126

PG Dip Midwifery

127

MA Sound Design for Film & Television

160

CPD courses in Post-Qualifying Social Work

138

MSc Public Health

135

MA Social Care MA Social Work

Psychology MSc Clinical & Developmental Neuropsychology

168

136

MSc Foundations of Clinical Psychology

169

137

Tourism, Hospitality & Events

Journalism

MSc Events Management

172

MA Journalism Studies

143

MSc Events Marketing

173

MA Multimedia Journalism

142

MSc Hotel & Food Services Management

178

MSc International Hospitality & Tourism Management

177

MSc Sustainable Tourism Planning

176

MSc Tourism Management

174

MSc Tourism Management & Marketing

175

Law Intellectual Property courses

147

LLM International Commercial Law

146

LLM International Tax Law

151

4

Welcome

Professor

John Vinney Vice-Chancellor

There has never been a better time to join our growing and vibrant postgraduate community. Last year BU became the first university ever to be commended for the quality of learning opportunities available to students, and we offer an extensive range of high quality academic doctoral opportunities and postgraduate taught courses.

All BU postgraduate students benefit from the strength of our expanding research community. Our academic staff are involved in cutting-edge research and enterprise that make a genuine contribution to society both nationally and internationally – whether we are understanding the physics of knee joints, developing processes to make the animation of movie characters more realistic, pioneering innovative cross-subject approaches to solving locally relevant medical problems, or trying to understand drivers for climate change.

Our performance in the last Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) in 2008 placed us as the fourth most improved university in the country and tripled our core research funding as a result. The RAE confirmed that research of a quality comparable with the very best in the world is being undertaken in eight subject groupings right here at BU, and I believe we will do even better in the succeeding Research Excellence Framework (REF), whose results will be out later this year (December 2014).

At BU we recognise the importance of a balanced education. If you study at BU, you are choosing an excellent education delivered by top academics in their field. You are choosing to join an internationally acclaimed academic and research community that will develop your critical thinking skills. You are choosing to be fully prepared for professional practice, to gain industry accreditation and take advantage of the placement opportunities available on some courses. That’s why 82% of our graduates are either employed or in further study six months after graduation.

We also recognise the value of an inclusive and welcoming community. At BU we value excellence, achievement, authenticity, creativity and responsibility, but we also believe in having fun and making new friends. A further benefit of belonging to the BU postgraduate community is its sheer diversity – our staff and students come from over 100 countries and our outlook is truly global. Bournemouth and Poole draw in people from across the globe because they are very student-friendly towns and have excellent facilities. In addition to the great nightlife, we’re sandwiched between the New Forest and some of Britain’s best beaches, with superb watersports and sailing facilities.

We are a very successful university that has twice won The Queen’s Anniversary Prize – the UK’s most prestigious award for higher education – for our commitment to excellence. If you want to be encouraged and challenged to contribute directly to the development of knowledge in your subject, then we’d love to hear from you.

We hope you have the opportunity to visit us or meet our representatives at an event near you. You can also find out more about us on our website at www.bournemouth. ac.uk/postgraduate If you have any questions, please do get in touch! Email: askBUenquiries@bournemouth.ac.uk or call us on +44 (0)1202 961916. www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

5

6

What is the right mode of study for you?

With over half a million postgraduate students in the UK, and over 55,000 courses and research opportunities to choose from, is it any wonder that many people find themselves overwhelmed by the choice, and confused about what postgraduate options would be best for them?

The simple truth is that everyone is different, so the motivations for entering postgraduate study can vary hugely. Many want to gain a further qualification to help them stand out in the employment market, whether they are carrying straight on after their Honours degree (Bachelor’s degree) or returning to study after gaining some industry experience. Others enjoy the academic challenges posed by postgraduate study, and welcome the opportunity to study a specific area of interest in greater detail.

Alternatively, for those interested in an academic career as a researcher or lecturer, postgraduate study is seen as their logical next step in their career development.

Think long and hard about the reasons you are considering postgraduate study, and the type of student that you are, because knowing what you want to get out of postgraduate study can be a major help in selecting the right course.

Taught Master’s degrees (MSc, MA, LLM, MEng) Duration: These courses are offered over one year full-time or two years part-time, although that can vary from course to course, and some offer an extra year’s work placement for full-time students.

How you study: If you have studied an Honours degree (Bachelor’s) in the UK, then you will broadly know what to expect, as the style of delivery is very similar, although you will be expected to achieve a higher level of academic achievement in your work than an undergraduate student. Master’s degrees, whether they are MSc, MA, MEng or LLM, are delivered via a combination of lectures and seminars, with plenty of self-directed learning in between where you will be expected to dedicate your own time to studying your subject in depth.

How you’re assessed: A taught Master’s is made up of a number of different units. Specific assessment will vary from unit to unit, but they typically involve a combination of assessed coursework, presentations and exams.

Best suited to: A taught Master’s is often undertaken by those looking to improve their employability. However, it is also a logical next step for those who want to ultimately progress towards a PhD.

Master’s by Research (MRes) This allows you to undertake a research project at Master’s level, assessed via submission of a thesis, and a viva voce (an oral defence of your thesis). It contains no formally assessed taught component, although you will be expected to fully engage with the Postgraduate Researcher Development Framework. The MRes may be attractive to those working in higher education or in the public or private sector wishing to undertake research and development activities. It is particularly aimed at those who would like to have more comprehensive training in original research and/or have the desire to go on to do doctoral studies. www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

7

Master of Philosophy (MPhil) Duration: A MPhil is usually offered over one or two years, and is often a stepping stone to a PhD, with students transferring on to a PhD during or at the end of their MPhil studies, provided their chosen research study has enough scope to be considered for a PhD. How you study: A MPhil usually involves considerable amounts of research, undertaken independently but under the supervision of a member of BU’s academic team. As you develop your study, you may have the chance to give presentations at seminars and conferences at BU and elsewhere.

How you’re assessed: Your MPhil will see you writing a thesis on the subject of your choice. It is on this thesis alone that you will be assessed, so discipline is a key skill for MPhil students. You will then be expected to meet with your examiners to discuss your thesis in greater detail.

Best suited to: Those who enjoy the academic challenge of writing a thesis, who may be giving serious consideration to undertaking a PhD, are best suited to MPhil study. Although not all students go on to PhD level, many do. Usually, MPhil students will have previously completed a conventional Master’s degree.

Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Duration: A typical PhD lasts four years, with three years spent on research and the fourth year spent writing a thesis. However, this can vary and it is possible to complete a PhD in more or less time than this.

How you study: Like a MPhil, you will be allocated a supervisor. You’ll meet up regularly to discuss your progress, but the majority of your research will be undertaken independently.

How you’re assessed: You will submit your thesis, which will be read carefully by one internal examiner and one external examiner. You will then be expected to meet with them to discuss your thesis orally, known as a viva voce. They will question you in detail about your thesis, and you will be expected to answer questions and defend your conclusions.

Best suited to: Those who enjoy the academic challenge of writing a thesis and who wish to further their understanding of a very specific element of their area of interest are ideally suited to a PhD. Those who want to improve their knowledge first and their earning potential second are those that will get the most from a PhD.

Postgraduate Certificate (PG Cert) and Postgraduate Diploma (PG Dip) A Postgraduate Diploma is effectively an earlier exit point from a taught Master’s degree. Some universities specifically offer this qualification in its own right, but at BU, the majority of our courses are offered only as a full Master’s degree. It is still possible to leave most of our Master’s degrees with a Postgraduate Certificate or Diploma, but they are usually exit routes we would only consider during exceptional circumstances. However, we do offer Postgraduate Diplomas in Nursing and Midwifery and a Postgraduate Certificate in Intellectual Property as standalone qualifications.

8

Although, like many universities, we are organised into different academic Schools/Faculties, we make sure our work (particularly our research) does not stay isolated within those structures. We have a different way of working to ensure a joined-up way of thinking prevails.

We work without barriers, collaborating and sharing with each other to deliver world-leading, life-changing research that we are passionate about.

That’s why we have arranged our research into different themes that describe what the research is about, rather than which specific School/Faculty is conducting it. Indeed, many of our research projects involve academics from different Schools/Faculties working together, and we place a lot of emphasis on developing processes, structures and learning spaces that make it easier to work together.

Spend time sitting in our open learning spaces, using our technobooths in the library, wandering the corridors of our buildings or even sitting and having a coffee, and you’ll soon get used to hearing experts in health talking to experts in design and technology about how they can work together to improve healthcare, or media experts sharing their expertise with intellectual property lawyers to build a better understanding of copyright in the age of social media.

The sharing of knowledge and research will surround you at BU, and it touches on everything we do – whether it is education, research or professional practice, everyone can learn from everyone else.

Research themes www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

9

Professor Anthea Innes, School of Health & Social Care

Dr Bryce Dyer, Faculty of Science & Technology

Dr Melanie Klinkner, The Business School

10

Our research themes

Ageing & Dementia Worldwide we have an ageing population demographic. As society ages, the number of cases of dementia also increases. BU researchers are using theory and evidence to make a difference to the everyday issues an ageing society faces.

Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy BU researchers are world leaders in understanding and managing the impact of environmental change. We have specialists working on local, national and international environmental agendas, informing policy at all levels.

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts Changes in society often bring conflict and violence, raising issues of security, welfare and social protection. BU researchers look at the impacts of change, both in ancient civilisations and today’s world.

Our experts also look at the media’s role in cultural and political change.

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science BU researchers contribute to these fast-growing sectors of the economy. We are world leaders in computer animation, media production, marketing and communications, media copyright, software systems and artificial intelligence.

Ageing & Dementia

Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science

11

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth As the economy recovers, BU researchers are working to improve the country’s ability to succeed in areas such as business incubation, leadership and management, human resources and organisational behaviour.

Health, Wellbeing & Society BU researchers are changing people’s lives by delivering new and improved ways of treating and caring for patients. Staff work closely with the health and social care sector and have expertise covering every stage of the human life-span, from birth to death.

Leisure, Recreation & Tourism BU researchers strive to develop industry, as well as carrying out pioneering research in areas such as dementia tourism, wellbeing through leisure and recreation, sustainable tourism, forecasting and development planning and disaster management.

Technology & Design BU’s design engineers work across a range of disciplines to tackle global challenges, such as developing long-term solutions for a sustainable future. They work closely with industry partners and place good design firmly at the heart of an innovative society.

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

Health, Wellbeing & Society

Leisure, Recreation & Tourism

Technology & Design

12

A different way of thinking In order to succeed, universities must deliver in three crucial areas. Firstly, they must provide an outstanding education for students, producing graduates with the skills they need to go forward and succeed. Secondly, they should be undertaking world-leading research that has the potential to change the world around us for the better. Thirdly, they should engage actively with the world of professional practice to drive businesses, organisations and entire industries forward.

13 At BU, we do all those things.

But we don’t stop there. We feel that in order for a university to truly succeed, all these activities must be taken to the next level.

They can’t operate individually, but must instead join together, each influencing the other so that expertise and insight gained in one area doesn’t just strengthen that area – it strengthens everything.

What we learn through our research influences our curriculum and is passed on to industry through engagement with professional practice. What we learn from working with industry gives us new ideas for research and helps us to design and deliver courses that keep our students at the cutting edge of their chosen professions.

And what we learn from delivering a world-class education helps us to improve our research and our professional practice.

We are flexible in leadership, giving our staff the freedom to come up with new ways of thinking, and supporting them in delivering new solutions – whether it is a way of improving our curriculum, an exciting new direction for research or a business insight that can help the companies we work with to retain a competitive edge.

We believe that these different elements combine to enable BU to offer something truly remarkable to the world. It helps us to think differently, so that not only are the solutions we provide unique, but the questions we ask are too.

Poole Tidal Energy Partnership The Poole Tidal Energy Partnership was first established in 2010-11, with BU’s Dr Zulfiqar Khan as founding co-director. The aim was to produce renewable energy for the local community through an economically sustainable and environmentally sensitive process.

Dr Khan and his colleagues in BU’s Sustainable Design Research Centre are developing renewable technologies to do just that, and their work is currently being funded by the international development and manufacturing company, Schaeffler.

With their backing, Dr Khan’s team is developing nano coatings for the small components of mechanical current turbines. Nano coating optimises the characteristics of a material, such as hardness or surface roughness, protecting it from wear.

Interactive components are even more prone to wear and corrosion in harsh operating environments because of the extensive load applied to them, so nano coatings can increase their life, especially in seawater.

In other projects, supervised by Dr Khan, students designed a range of turbines to go under the water, using tidal energy to generate electricity and a heat pump to provide heat to nearby Sterte Court in Poole.

“The dream would be to generate enough energy and heat to meet the demands of the local community,” explained Dr Khan. “Making the local community in Poole self-sufficient in energy would create a model for the region, the UK and beyond.”

14

10 reasons to live in Bournemouth and Poole Bournemouth and Poole are both long-established tourist destinations and attract visitors from all over the world due to their ten miles (16 kilometres) of golden beaches, beautiful gardens and cosmopolitan atmosphere.

1 Beaches With ten miles of golden sandy beaches, it isn’t hard to see why so many people choose to holiday in Bournemouth.

Throw in warm sea temperatures and stunning views, and the beach becomes the perfect place to spend a weekend.

And that’s saying nothing of the beachside bars and restaurants on offer.

3 Bournemouth Air Festival A completely free annual event with aerobatic performances from new and vintage aircraft alike. As well as being the largest free air festival in Europe, the event has been ranked as one of the world’s top ten air festivals by USA Today.

2 Watersports Poole is a watersports haven. You will find surfers, windsurfers and kayakers taking to the water all along the coastline. There are also stunning cliff-top walks waiting for you, should you feel up for a challenge.

4 Live music Bournemouth’s nightlife is amongst the liveliest in the country, with a diverse range of music acts. Venues like the Bournemouth International Centre (BIC) and the O2 Academy attract headline acts, while BU’s student nightclub, The Old Fire Station, has an enviable record of attracting up-andcoming performers.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

5 A safe, friendly town Bournemouth is a safe, friendly and multicultural town, ­ home to students from over 100 different countries amongst many language schools, colleges and the university.

15 6 Sunshine On average, Dorset is the second sunniest county in England – with 1,626 hours of sunshine in 2012!

It’s well-documented that sunshine makes people happier, so BU students can make the most of the gorgeous weather in between (or even during) revising.

8 A green and pleasant land Bournemouth and Poole have 2,000 acres of award-winning parks and gardens, ten miles of sandy beaches and a rugged coastline, and are situated next to 95 miles of the stunning Jurassic Coast (a UNESCO World Heritage Site).

9 Culture Touring plays from London’s West End are attracted here, as well as locally written and developed work.

The Bournemouth International Centre (BIC) has been home to big productions, while the more intimate setting of Poole’s Lighthouse has brought many diverse plays and art performances.

7 Connections Bournemouth is a wellconnected place. The sights and sounds of London are only two hours away by train, and an international airport provides an easy way to travel to top UK and European destinations.

10 Scenery It’s beautiful here.

We could talk forever about the sights in and around Bournemouth and Poole, but the images throughout this prospectus do a far better job.

Alternatively, check out the images at www.bournemouth. co.uk, www.pooletourism. com and www.visit-dorset.com

16

Postgraduate support As a postgraduate student, the responsibility is very much on you to study hard, with a lot of your learning being self-directed. However, at BU, we do all we can to make sure that you are never on your own when it comes to making the most of the educational opportunities on offer.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

Our libraries We have three libraries at BU. The Sir Michael Cobham Library is perhaps the best known. Situated in an iconic building on our Talbot Campus, the first floor contains a dedicated study area exclusively for the use of postgraduate students. On our Lansdowne Campus we have a library in Bournemouth House and the Executive Business Centre (EBC). The EBC contains the LPC Collection and also provides a range of study spaces in the Postgraduate Lounge.

Specialist librarians can offer specific advice on the right material for you, and often it’s the online resources provided by the library that you will find most useful. As a BU student, you’ll have access anywhere, anytime to: • 200,000 e-books • 54,000 e-journals • 30,000 reports Inside our libraries, you’ll find more ways that we encourage people to work together to share their knowledge and expertise. Technobooths are ideal for group work, as they enable you to work with others to prepare presentations and access online resources with ease.

Study 24/7 myBU, our Virtual Learning Environment, supports flexible, independent learning and is available 24/7. You can access learning resources, reading lists, participate in discussions with your fellow students, keep in contact with your academics and submit assignments online using myBU. Careers & Employability Our Careers & Employability Service can help you with finding a job, ensuring your CV is in top condition, interview techniques and more – and it is free to use for up to three years after graduation. Visit www.bournemouth.ac.uk/careers to find out more.

Academic skills support There’s a range of study skills support available either from within your School/ Faculty or from Library and Learning Support. Your library support team can help you to find and use the best information for your subject and can also help you to develop academic skills like writing, giving presentations, critical analysis and managing references. All students can access the Academic Skills Community in myBU, which contains online advice and activities for improving your study skills, as well as the opportunity to book workshops or tutorials with your support team.

Language support In an increasingly global employment environment, the value of learning a language can make the difference between a successful job application and an unsuccessful one. If you are interested in developing your foreign language skills, our independent language learning programme, Languages@BU, can help you.

Alternatively, if English is not your first language then you can access independent learning materials that will support and enhance your use of English.

We offer a wide range of online language resources in French, German, Italian and Spanish as well as Mandarin Chinese and Arabic through myBU and our virtual Language Centre, which is available 24/7 from any device.

17

18

Additional Learning Support Our aim is to help all of our students to develop as selfmotivated, lifelong learners. It’s a commitment that we take very seriously, and it is reflected in the help and support that we offer to students with additional learning needs.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

Our Additional Learning Support (ALS) Team is able to help all of our students who feel they need it – whether they are full-time or part-time students, undergraduates, postgraduates or research students.

For further information about DSA, visit www.gov.uk/student-finance

The service is available through all periods of study at BU, and we can provide support for students with:

It is important to make contact with the ALS Team as soon as possible as reasonable adjustments and one-to one support are tailored to individual needs. The kinds of support you may be entitled to will vary considerably depending on many factors.

• Specific learning difficulties

ALS for international students

• Physical/Sensory impairments • Medical conditions • Mental health issues.

If you have a condition that you think is likely to affect your learning, then please contact us to find out more about the ways we can help you. Similarly, if you think you have a learning difficulty but have not had it identified yet, we can guide you through the process to find out.

Disabled Students’ Allowances (DSA) The DSA is a non-means tested grant available to disabled students who meet specific eligibility criteria related to residency and programme of study. The DSA can help to pay for: • Specialist equipment to assist studying (e.g. PC, digital recorder) • Specialist software to assist studying • One-to-one support – tutor, mentor, note taker, practical assistant • Exam support – reader, amanuensis • Extra travel costs • Consumables – paper, ink, books • Anything else for which your disability warrants support.

International students are not eligible for UK Government benefits covering disability support costs, and the university is not able to provide personal support. If you have a disability for which you will need personal support, then please do make sure you have the support provision in place before you arrive.

Contact us If you have any questions about the support we offer, please email us on: als@bournemouth.ac.uk or call us on +44 (0)1202 965663.

19

20

Your postgraduate life www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

21

We understand undertaking a postgraduate degree means you will be facing a big challenge, with high standards of academic achievement expected from you – as well as initiative, dedication and a willingness to work extremely hard in your own time.

However, your time at BU will not be all about study. The time you spend away from learning will be just as big a part of your university experience so, whatever your interests, we are sure you’ll find ways to make new friends, learn new skills and visit new places.

22

Your postgraduate life Food and drink On our Talbot Campus, you will find Dylan’s with its pub-like atmosphere and The Loft, a relaxed café bar. Both are open throughout the day and into the evening. During the day, the lively student refectory is an ideal place for daily meals – jacket potatoes, pasta, salads, burgers, pizza, ready-made sandwiches and regular specials.

If you’re based at the Lansdowne Campus near the town centre, Deli Marche in Bournemouth House, the coffee bar in Studland House and Caffé Liscio in the Executive Business Centre can satisfy your morning and afternoon hunger. You are also within walking distance of The Old Fire Station (the university’s own nightclub).

Our caterers, Chartwells, promote Fairtrade products including Fairtrade coffee, tea, chocolate, juice and confectionery, which are available in our cafés across both campuses. www.bournemouth. ac.uk/student/eating

Clubs and societies The Students’ Union at Bournemouth University (SUBU) runs many clubs and societies, which cater for a range of interests. Whatever you are interested in – from rock climbing to performing arts – there’ll be something that suits you. It’s a great

way to meet people who are on different courses from you but have similar interests – and if you have an interest that isn’t already catered for, then we can help you to set up a new society to meet like-minded people.

Voluntary work BU is a big part of the local area, and we are proud of the positive difference that our students can make to charities and organisations in the Dorset region (and beyond).

Many of our students take part in volunteering opportunities, which are organised through the Students’ Union. These can involve nature conservation work, community work with school children or the elderly, and work for local charity organisations.

Volunteering is a great way to meet new people, but it also enables you to learn important skills that will be valuable when applying for jobs. In some cases, you may even find that you are able to put specific skills from your studies into practice. To find out more, visit www.subu.org.uk

The BU Global Horizons Fund Graduate employers are looking for individuals who have a global mindset and are capable of working comfortably across multicultural environments.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

Engaging in an international activity will help you develop a global perspective and network that will greatly boost your career prospects and stay with you for life.

BU is committed to the development and promotion of internationalisation across the BU community.

Under the BU Global Horizons Fund scheme all Master’s students are able to access funding of up to £2,000 in order to support participation in a broad range of activities, including summer schools, conferences, field trips, work placement and volunteering opportunities around the world.

The Fund provides an excellent opportunity to broaden your global horizons as part of your BU experience. Each year over 100 students receive funding to support international mobility of some kind.

23 BU just keeps getting better As part of our commitment to providing high quality facilities for social learning and study, we are investing £200 million in our buildings, IT and facilities by the year 2018. We are currently building the new six-storey Student Centre which will open in Spring 2015 and will house the Students’ Union offices, social learning spaces, the student advice centre, a café, radio and media studios, access points for student services, and meeting rooms.

Student Centre building (artist’s impression)

This summer we will start work on a new academic building. This contemporary, light-filled building, with its flexible approach to space will provide superb facilities to support our students’ learning experience. Due to open in September 2016, it will house seminar rooms, lecture theatres, dedicated research space as well as a refectory and stunning roof terraces where students can enjoy the Bournemouth climate.

New academic building (artist’s impression)

24

Your postgraduate life sportBU At sportBU, we offer sports and recreation facilities for everyone, whether you are a keen athlete or would like to start a sport for the first time. Our team of professionals have extensive experience in their fields so there’s always someone available to help you reach your desired level of fitness. Whether you are at a high level in your chosen sport or you want to relax and make new friends, sportBU has something for you.

Gym This houses a large range of modern and user-friendly equipment with a friendly atmosphere. The facilities include a state-of-the-art cardiovascular room, vast range of resistance machines, a free weights room, flat screen TVs and separate stretch areas.

Memberships There is a selection of membership packages available to suit your needs, all at highly competitive prices: • Annual membership • Quarterly membership • Varsity membership • Pay-as-you-go.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

Group Fitness Programme If you want to be fit and active, take full advantage of the wide range of classes on offer to suit all tastes and fitness levels. All classes can be accessed on a pay-asyou-go basis or they are free with a membership.

Classes include yoga, circuits, spinning, aerobics and step, to name a few!

Instructional Class Programme This programme encourages anyone to take part and learn new skills through fun, energetic and fitness-based activities. Courses include various martial art styles, boxing, boot camp and many more!

Health Zone and Injury & Rehabilitation Services These services are open to all and will help you on your way to a fitter and more active lifestyle. Services include programme design, body stats, sports and body massage, chiropractic clinics, and strength and conditioning coaching.

Intramural sport These are competitions designed for fun and enjoyment with that competitive edge. These range from social drop-in sport sessions, to one-day tournaments, to the everpopular football 5-a-side and 11-a-side leagues.

They endeavour to promote participation in sport, develop friendship and are aimed at the recreational player.

of partnerships with local professional clubs to enable athletes to compete at highquality facilities.

Varsity sports We offer a range of over 38 individual and squad sports that take part in British Universities and College Sport (BUCS) competitions. Each club has qualified coaches and specific training times with additional access to fitness-related sessions. We are supported by a variety

• Two floodlit rubber-based all-weather pitches

Other facilities In addition to all the above, staff and students may also access: • Four-badminton-court sports hall • Two natural turf football pitches

• Two dance and activity studios • Sports training and education programme • Dean Park Cricket Ground.

For more information visit www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ sportBU

25 25

26

International students Whichever country you are from, you will find a warm welcome at BU. With over 100 nationalities represented in our 17,000-strong student community, BU is a diverse and vibrant university offering a wide variety of services, facilities and social activities for students from around the world.

27

28

International students Living in Bournemouth

Preparatory programmes

Less than two hours from London with a direct train every 30 minutes, Bournemouth is a safe and friendly seaside town with a cosmopolitan atmosphere. As one of the UK’s most popular tourist resorts, enjoying some of the best weather in the country and with a wealth of things to see and do, you can be sure of an enjoyable time here.

Nearby Poole and Christchurch have their own character and the surrounding countryside is great for a relaxing day out! See page 14 or visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ aroundbournemouth

If you require further preparation in English language or study skills before starting your Master’s degree at BU, there is a range of preparatory courses available as well as various workshops and services to help you during term time. You will find more details on our website at: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ preparatoryprogrammes

Social life Bournemouth has lots to do, from clubs and cafés to cinemas and bowling alleys. There will also be many opportunities to explore the UK with organised trips throughout the year, and the Students’ Union offers a range of social activities, clubs and societies. Find out more by visiting: www.subu.org.uk and www.bournemouth.ac.uk/studentportal

Applying to BU All applications for taught Master’s courses can be made directly to the university via the Online Application System. For further information see page 180. You can also apply through one of our official international representatives, who will assist you with the application process and liaise with BU on your behalf.

Your application will be processed by our International Admissions Team, who are experienced in working with overseas qualifications and will ensure that you are given a decision as soon as possible. For further information, visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/pg-apply www.bournemouth.ac.uk/representatives For information on applying for doctoral research study, please visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/graduateschool

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

Visas and immigration Students from outside the European Economic Area (EEA) looking to study in the UK need to apply for a student visa under Tier 4 of the UK’s Point-Based System. Please note that a student visa is granted for full-time study only.

Students enrolling on postgraduate courses that are shorter than 12 calendar months are not eligible to bring dependents into the UK. If you need further information, please contact internationaladmissions@bournemouth.ac.uk Advice about how to arrange your visa can be found on page 181 or through the websites at: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/immigration www.ukba.homeoffice.gov.uk

Introduction to BU To help you adapt to life at BU you will have the opportunity to get involved in a range of social and academic activities at the start of term. Activities will include settling into your accommodation, enrolling on your course, study skill workshops, course introduction sessions, excursions and much more. There will be specific sessions for international students on topics such as immigration, cultural transition and the UK education system.

If you are starting your course in January, we can still offer you help in adjusting to life in the UK. For more information visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/futurestudents/ international/new/arrivals

29 Fees and scholarships The cost of your studies is likely to be an important factor for you to consider. The fee for your chosen course will be stated with the course details in this prospectus and on our website. For further information on scholarships and other funding and discount options see pages 184 and 192 or visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/pg-funding BU offers a wide range of scholarships and discounts to help you pay for your course.

There are also some external scholarships available to you. For more information visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/pgscholarships

Student support Studying away from your home country can be challenging, but BU can offer you a lot of support to help you succeed. Our support services range from personal counselling and a multi-faith chaplaincy to academic and study skills support and graduate employment advice. See page 16 for more details, or visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ personalsupport www.bournemouth.ac.uk/careers

Accommodation Being comfortable with where you live is an important part of ensuring success in your studies, so BU offers a wide range of accommodation options to suit all needs and budgets. As an international student, you are guaranteed a room in BU-managed accommodation if you apply before the mid-August deadline (for September entry) and the December deadline (for January entry). This may be in Bournemouth itself or in the neighbouring town of Poole. For more details about where you could live while studying at BU, see page 186 or visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/pgaccommodation

30

Bournemouth University International College About Bournemouth University International College Bournemouth University International College offers international students world-class preparation courses for undergraduate and postgraduate study. On successful completion of your Bournemouth University International College programme at the required level, you are guaranteed progression to a wide range of degrees at BU. We are sure that our high-quality teaching, dedicated student support services and excellent facilities will enable you to succeed.

Why choose Bournemouth University International College?

Excellent academic quality We tailor our courses to meet the needs of international students and to help them progress to BU. Guaranteed progression Bournemouth University International College’s university preparation courses will help you to quickly improve your English language level, subject knowledge and academic skills. When you pass your course at the required level, you are guaranteed entry to your chosen degree at BU. Study on campus Bournemouth University International College is located on the university’s Lansdowne Campus, so our students are already part of the university.

Scholarships available Bournemouth University International College offers partial tuition scholarships to talented and hardworking students, so you can be rewarded for your academic achievements in your home country.

BU offers generous scholarships to students who excel in their studies at Bournemouth University International College and progress to a Master’s degree.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

Pathway Programmes Pre-Master’s Our Pre-Master’s programmes prepare you for entry to a wide range of our postgraduate degrees. You can choose subject-specific modules including Business, Finance, Marketing, Media & Communications, Tourism and Hospitality among others. Combined with academic study skills and English language classes, we provide a tailored course to suit your chosen Master’s degree. When you complete your Pre-Master’s course to the required level, your entry to a related postgraduate degree at BU is guaranteed.

Master’s Enhancement Programme If you hold an unconditional offer for a Master’s degree at BU and would like to enhance your academic skills and immerse yourself in UK culture, you can join the new Master’s Enhancement Programme (MEP) before starting your degree. Available in durations of two, three or six weeks, you can start your MEP at a time that suits your study plans, allowing you to progress to your Master’s degree at BU in September or January.

Pre-Sessional English Programme The Pre-Sessional English Programme is designed to help you improve your English language and academic study skills so that you achieve the required level to progress to your chosen degree at BU. Flexible start dates allow you to join the course suited to your current English language ability. Successful completion of the course guarantees progression to your chosen Master’s degree without needing to take another Secure English Language Test (e.g. IELTS, Pearson).

For more information please visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/international-college

31

Your Journey Complete your Bachelor’s degree or Diploma in your home country.

Apply for a BU Master’s degree.

You have an unconditional Master’s offer from BU, but would like to enhance your academic skills

BU Master’s offer requires English language qualification

BU Master’s offer requires completion of Pre-Master’s

Master’s Enhancement Programme (MEP)

Pre-Sessional English Programme (PSE)

Pre-Master’s

Master’s at BU

“I am an international student from China who came to England to study the Pre-Master’s in Media & Communication at Bournemouth University International College. After joining the college I found a very professional group of teachers, first-class facilities and a fantastic international atmosphere.”

Xue Kai Yuan, MA Directing Film & Television

32

Life after BU Your relationship with BU does not stop after you have completed your studies – you are part of the BU community for life! We encourage you to take full advantage of the support and services we offer alumni, from careers advice to help with organising reunions.

Careers advice BU offers careers advice and information for up to three years after you finish your studies, and you can also find graduate-level jobs using MyCareerHub. Events, news and offers Our free email newsletters and magazines will help keep you involved with university life. We’ll keep you up to date with interesting news about BU and your fellow alumni, as well as inviting you to activities and events we think you may be interested in.

Friend-finding and reunion planning Track down long-lost friends and former classmates using our free Friend Finder service, or get help and advice organising a reunion.

Visit www.bournemouth.ac.uk/alumni to see what we offer and let us know how we can stay in touch with you.

Replacement awards We can help you get replacements for lost or damaged certificates, transcripts and diploma supplements from qualifications completed at BU. International (non-EEA) students staying in the UK after graduation If you successfully complete a Master’s degree, you will be able to seek full-time employment with any employer who is a Home Office licensed Tier 2 sponsor.

For full and up-to-date information about Tier 2 please visit: www.ukba.homeoffice.gov.uk

Events and reunions There are many opportunities for networking with your fellow graduates, staff and students, from course reunions to the many annual applicant and alumni receptions held around the world.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

33

34

Contact us at askBU When you are thinking of joining a university, you are bound to have loads of questions – but it’s difficult knowing who to contact about what. Universities are made up of many departments, and you might need to make several phone calls and send many emails before you can gather together all the information you need. That’s why at BU we’ve set up askBU – one solution for all your BU-related enquiries.

What’s askBU? It’s a one-stop shop for any questions you may have regarding courses and facilities at BU. Our team of dedicated, friendly and – most importantly – knowledgeable advisers can do all the work for you. All you need to do is call, email or come and see us and we’ll get you the answers you need.

askBU for prospective students If you have any queries relating to our courses, accommodation options, how to finance your studies or general information about BU, then the askBU Enquiry Service is your first port of call.

Where?

Our askBU Enquiry Service advisers are available by phone and email from 08:30 to 17:30 Monday to Friday. You can also visit the team between 09:00 and 17:00, Monday to Thursday and between 09:00 and 16:30 on Friday, at our office located on the ground floor of Royal London House on the Lansdowne Campus in Bournemouth town centre.

How? Email: askBUenquiries@ bournemouth.ac.uk

Web: www.bmth.ac.uk/askBU

Call us on: +44 (0)1202 961916

We are also available to answer your questions through our Postgraduate Facebook page – hear the latest news and join our web chats with current students: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/pg-facebook

askBU for current students Once you have arrived at BU, the askBU service continues with our askBU Students’ Service. The team are the first point of contact for many enquiries such as student finance, university rules and regulations, proof of student status and more.

You can contact them in person at The Base on Talbot Campus and in Bournemouth House, Lansdowne Campus or by email and telephone. More details can be found at: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/student/askBU

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

35

Visit or meet us Hopefully we have given you a good idea of what life would be like as a postgraduate student at BU – but why not visit us or meet us in your country to help you make your decision?

There are many opportunities to visit BU throughout the year. For example, you can book to attend a Postgraduate Information Session on: Wednesday 19 November 2014 Wednesday 25 March 2015 Wednesday 8 July 2015 At these events, you can meet academic staff and find out more about the course you are interested in.

You will also get to tour our facilities, meet current students and find out about funding and accommodation.

All you need to do is register your interest and we will do the rest, visit www.bournemouth. ac.uk/pg-visit

Campus tours We offer tours of our Talbot Campus throughout the year, which are ideal if you are unable to attend a Postgraduate Information Session. To find out more, visit www.bournemouth. ac.uk/pg-visit

Virtual tour If you can’t come and visit us in person, our online Virtual Tour

facility is the next best thing.

To see for yourself, visit www. bournemouth.ac.uk/virtualtour

Exhibitions and fairs We regularly attend exhibitions and study fairs in the UK and overseas to meet and answer questions from prospective students.

Overseas activities We make many visits overseas each year in order to attend education exhibitions, visit our partner institutions, deliver guest lectures and subject-specific seminars, and to hold student interviews and pre-departure briefings for new students. We look forward to meeting you soon. For more information visit www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ overseasevents

International representatives We have an extensive network of representatives who are contracted by the university to provide international students with information about study opportunities at BU. To find out if we have representatives in your country, please visit www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ representatives

Already living in the Bournemouth and Poole area?

If you already live in the region, you might prefer to drop into our askBU Enquiry Service office based at the Lansdowne Campus in Bournemouth town centre. The office is open between 09:00 and 17:00, Monday to Thursday and Friday between 09:00 and 16:30 for visits in person (see page 34).

If you are an international student currently studying in the UK, perhaps to improve your English at a language school, then you can also meet a BU member of staff. Find out if we will be visiting where you are studying at www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ internationaluk

Web chats Join one of our monthly Facebook web chats. Student ambassadors will be on hand to answer any questions you might have about postgraduate study or BU life. Join at www.bournemouth.ac.uk/pgfacebook

36

The Business School

Our top five highlights: • The Executive Business Centre – reap the benefits of studying and working alongside businesses in this innovative environment • No need to wait until September – most of our Master’s degrees also have a January start date • We recognise that face-to-face contact time with academic staff is important to you and we endeavour to deliver that time as part of your study experience • Experts – our academics are not just lecturers. They engage in research and consultancy so they can equip you with the latest knowledge. The latest Research Assessment Exercise in 2008 rated BU’s Business & Management Studies as ‘world leading’ • An international agenda – all our Master’s courses have an international perspective, giving you a truly global experience.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

We are increasing our reputation internationally as a leading provider of thought leadership and contemporary business education. The School boasts excellent graduate employment rates, and a significant growth in postgraduate enrolments is expected with our new portfolio of Master’s courses in business and management, finance and law.

Our modern Executive Business Centre is home to The Business School’s Master’s degrees.

Located in the heart of Bournemouth’s business district, the Centre offers high-spec lecture theatres, an e-library and the latest interactive technologies. It also breaks the barrier between the traditional university experience of studying and working within a genuine business environment. The Centre is a hub for expertise, information and consultancy available to businesses across the South of England. What better place to learn than where business itself is happening?

So what does this all mean to you, as a prospective student? Our courses have been designed with the demands of today’s global business climate in mind. This unique environment, combined with our courses and expert academics, will give you a first-class student experience and encourage you to deliver your very best. It is more than graduating with a certificate; it’s about gaining real prospects for working at top firms around the world.

In addition, our postgraduate students have a placement opportunity. We also offer excellent academic and pastoral support, including language and study skills provision for international students.

The Bournemouth MBA covers a diverse range of specialisms, delivered by industry experts and is now offering a flexible learning route that combines residential and online studies.

Employers recognise that a standard MBA no longer meets the basic requirements of the modern business world and that is the key to the success of our MBA. Academic staff are engaged in research-led education, consultancy and professional practice, and many publish their research in top international journals. They bring their enthusiasm, expertise and up-to-date knowledge into the mix. This powerful academic research culture keeps the School relevant, informs course development and delivery, and benefits students and the business community locally, nationally and internationally. As specialists in their field, our academics are also regularly in demand by the media, governments and organisations worldwide to give expert comment on the real world.

Our membership of the United Nations Global Compact (UNGC) and the Principles for Responsible Management Education (PRME) stand alongside our associations with the European Foundation for Management Development (EFMD), the Solicitors Regulation Authority (SRA), the Chartered Institute of Patent Attorneys (CIPA), the Institute of Trade Mark Attorneys (ITMA) and Chartered Institute for Securities and Investment (CISI) amongst others. BU is also a member of AACSB International – the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business.

The end result is the success of our graduates and researchers, who hold key positions in global companies such as JP Morgan, KPMG, IBM, Barclays, Mazars, PricewaterhouseCoopers and Bond Pearce, as well as public sector organisations.

37

38

The School of Health & Social Care We are committed to providing you with flexible and innovative learning to support your ongoing professional development. Our thriving academic community focuses on achieving high academic standards, practice-based learning, excellent research and strong partnerships with health and social care organisations.

Your future career development will require you to evidence your learning and skills at an advanced level using complex reasoning, critical thinking, reflection and analysis to inform your assessments, practice judgements and decisions. Our CPD framework offers a flexible route to achieving this.

Offered alongside our full-time Master’s courses, our CPD framework has step-on and step-off points that enable you to plan your study to suit your domestic and working circumstances. This allows for a pick-and-mix approach that facilitates access to learning for awards at a variety of different levels. Such learning will enhance your practice and will fit the requirements of health and social care employers in demonstrating outcomes in practice.

Learning is delivered by staff engaged in research, enterprise and/or professional practice, and you will therefore be learning alongside academics who are at the cutting edge of new practice and developments. For example, our new Centre for Leadership, Impact and Management will support public, private and voluntary leaders in the sector to develop the required leadership skills to be effective in the new world.

Our research activities cover a host of topics and academics are engaged in exploring key themes of postgraduate medical research and education, maternal and perinatal health, wellbeing and quality of life, humanising care, qualitative research, dementia, social work, sociology and social policy, mental health and leadership and management. Examples of our collaborative research include:

• An EU-funded Marie Curie Fellowship promoting research cooperation between Norway and the UK to reduce the social and economic burden of offender mental ill health in Europe • An international fellowship from Wellbeing of Women/Royal College of Midwives is exploring why maternal health services in Nepal are under-utilised. This will inform strategies to promote skilled care at birth and reduce maternal mortality • A collaborative study, funded by the Burdett Trust, is developing a leadership strategy to enhance dignity in care of older people. Led by the University of Hull, the study involves Bournemouth University and two NHS Trusts www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

39 •

The Poole Africa Link brings together NHS organisations (Poole Hospital NHS Foundation Trust) and health care services in South Sudan (Wau Hospital in South Sudan) to support education of health care workers. Eight visits have taken place since it was started in 2009. BU hosts the UK-South Sudan Nursing and Midwifery Link group.

Our research largely relates to improving people’s lives, with a strong foundation in clinical or social care practice. We have a large number of research students undertaking doctoral level study, either through the traditional MPhil/PhD or via an innovative professional doctorate, which enables students to bring about and evaluate change in practice. An increasing number of our PhD students have studentships with matched funding through local partnerships with our research centres: The Centre of Midwifery, Maternal and Perinatal Health and Bournemouth University Dementia Institution. We have a growing number of international PhD projects.

Our top five highlights: • We have excellent links with local health and social care users and providers, ensuring our courses are relevant to practice • Our research has been formally recognised in the national Research Assessment Exercise. For example, in our ‘Nursing & Midwifery’ submission over 40% of our research outputs were deemed internationally excellent • The Centre for Post Qualifying Social Work has been designated as a ‘National’ centre in light of its high-quality provision for professionals working in health and social care • You have the opportunity for interprofessional learning alongside a range of health and social care practitioners • We offer a student-centred, supportive learning environment with highly skilled academic staff.

40

The Media School

Our top five highlights: • We are home to the UK’s only government-designated Centre for Excellence in Media Practice (www.cemp.ac.uk) • We have strong partnerships with some of today’s top media organisations. Many of our graduates go on to work with these organisations in the creative and media industries • Our computer animation courses are studied at the highly rated and internationally recognised National Centre for Computer Animation (www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ncca) • You will benefit from our burgeoning research agenda, including projects which are rated ‘world leading’ in the latest Research Assessment Exercise • We were awarded the Queen’s Anniversary Prize 2011 in recognition of our contribution to world-leading excellence and pioneering development in computer animation.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

We work with the top names in industry, such as the BBC, Creative Skillset, Sony and Adobe to ensure we stay at the forefront of today’s digital media revolution. We take pride in bringing innovation to our degrees and seek to provide students with the intellectual vision and professional skills needed to shape the future of a changing industry.

Our philosophy is very simple. We aim to combine the highest academic standards with the most up-to-date professional practice. We believe that this combination sets our students apart from the crowd and makes them ideally suited to become the next generation of industry leaders.

We are the largest centre of professionally based higher education for the media and communications sectors in the UK and can trace our industry experience back 25 years. We were the first university in the UK to offer several now-popular degrees including Multimedia Journalism and Post Production Editing. We are continually updating these degree courses and others to stay abreast of the latest trends in the media industry.

We have been designated as the only Centre for Excellence in Media Practice by the Higher Education Funding Council for England. This status recognises our commitment to innovation and excellence in learning and education. The Centre has established an outstanding track record of developing innovative ways of studying media practice.

We work extremely closely with Creative Skillset, the sector skills council for the creative industries, and have pioneered an extensive range of ground-breaking short courses aimed at professionals working in the industry (www.bournemouth.ac.uk/mixtape).

The National Centre for Computer Animation (NCCA), founded in 1989, has conducted cutting-edge research of international significance and pioneered undergraduate and postgraduate degrees in computer visualisation and animation. The skills our alumni leave BU with are highly sought after in industry – over 60 BU graduates worked on the visual effects for the popular film Gravity, which won seven Oscar awards. Graduates have also worked on the Disney film Frozen, which picked up the Best Animation award and at least one BU graduate is working on visual effects for The Hobbit trilogy – which was nominated alongside Gravity in the visual effects category at the 2014 Oscars.

Today, many BU alumni can be found in senior positions in media organisations worldwide, testimony to the quality of our graduates and the importance we attach to fostering professional development.

Our engagement with industry is further recognised through accreditation by major training bodies including Creative Skillset, the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM), the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ) and the Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC).

Our staff are drawn from among the UK’s leading academics and practitioners, with top names in the field of advertising, journalism, screenwriting, media production and computer animation. These staff members are supported by an array of visiting fellows and professors, practitioners and artists in residence who add to the creative melting pot of The Media School.

In addition to our taught postgraduate degrees, we are committed to research and offer fulltime and part-time doctoral research opportunities.

41

42

The Faculty of Science & Technology The Faculty brings together a vibrant community of academics and active researchers who are focused on leading BU’s STEM agenda, combining academic excellence and integrating education, research and professional practice. We contribute to many policy-relevant research agendas in the fields of design, engineering, computing, creative and information technology, conservation ecology, archaeology, anthropology, psychology and forensic science. We have a strong focus on industry and the professions and boast close links with the companies that employ our graduates, who are able to solve a range of real world problems with professionally relevant skills.

Entrepreneurship, innovation and creativity are at the heart of our academic activities. The curriculum provides study of industrially relevant subjects and excellence in personal and professional development. Many of our degrees are accredited by professional bodies with whom our students are encouraged to take up active membership.

Strong engagement with industry and commerce ensures that our students experience a relevant and appropriate curriculum, enhancing their career prospects. This is supported by our excellent placement record, which students often build upon to obtain permanent employment. As well as preparing them for

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

initial employment, our curriculum develops the transferable skills to help students continue in their careers and professional development. Our research underpins the academic content of our postgraduate taught degree provision.

We have a commitment to practical field and laboratory skills which will give you the professional edge. This commitment is backed up by our excellent workshops, laboratory and computing facilities with high specification analytical equipment, a spatial analysis suite for geoinformatics, EEG and eye-tracking suites, extensive reference collections of materials, artefacts, and human and animal skeletons. We also have some of the finest natural assets – the New Forest, Wiltshire Downs, Jurassic Coast – right on our doorstep.

Our research projects take us across the globe, working, for example, on a range of biodiversity projects in Central and South America, on human evolution in Africa, heritage conservation in Malta, the meaning of the statues on Easter Island, and across Europe on a wide range of ecological and archaeological projects.

Closer to home, our areas of research are supported by a wide range of external organisations such as the Engineering and Physical Science Research Council (EPSRC), Royal National Lifeboat Institution (RNLI), the British Psychological Society for a national awareness campaign for prosopagnosia, or face blindness, and we have just won an award from the Institution of Engineering and Technology for a joint staff/PhD student project that developed a medical device which will be widely used in hospitals.

Given the strong alignment of our research, industry collaboration and education, we have an excellent record of PhD completions. The student experience is inspiring; it motivates and empowers students to manage their learning within a vibrant, academically-led community.

Our top five highlights: • Industry standard facilities and resources and extensive collections • World-class researchers who are influencing policy and making a direct impact • Friendly, approachable, well-qualified staff who regularly participate in professional practice • Excellent links with industry and the professions, generating a diverse range of placement opportunities • Consistently high employability record.

43

44

The School of Tourism

Our top five highlights: • During the last six years we have twice been rated number one for tourism degrees (including hospitality and leisure) in the UK* • We have the largest number of postgraduate students studying tourism in the UK • In 2010 we were awarded UNWTO TedQual, a Tourism Education Quality accreditation awarded by the United Nations World Tourism Organisation (UNWTO), of which we are an Affiliate Member • Our research-active staff are held in high regard, both nationally and internationally and inform the curriculum • We are home to three international journals in the field of tourism: Tourism Management, Tourism Economics and the International Journal of Tourism Research and many of the leading international textbooks in the field are authored by School academics, making us thought-leaders. *The Guardian University Guide League Tables www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

We are one of the world’s leading centres for the study of tourism with over 30 years of experience in the field. What makes us unique is our focus on the visitor economy, which we broadly define as tourism, hospitality, retail, leisure, sport and events. These areas offer an overarching focus in which you can study the importance of both consumers, as key elements of demand, and the businesses, which respond to their needs to create profit and growth for the communities they are located in.

All sectors of the economy and society act as agents of change and development, from global to local community, which is manifest through urban regeneration; rural diversification; destination development and the role of mega-events. Our unique range of industry-focused management courses, led by leading academics in their fields, opens the door to international career opportunities and professional development.

Our courses are aimed at students from a wide range of backgrounds. The strengths of the degrees we offer lie in the diversity of the student experience we provide, including our study support facilities and our expert academic team.

We are internationally recognised as a leading provider of postgraduate management degrees and are a first choice for students seeking a first-class experience, because we focus on equipping our students with the knowledge and professional skills to create exceptional customer experiences in their chosen area. Many of our students are career changers who wish to develop their existing management skills in a new area.

Our degrees are strengthened by our close relationship with industry. It is by remaining in close touch with the public, private and voluntary sectors that we maintain our position at the leading edge of strategic thinking within the visitor economy. We can also offer the opportunity of a 30-week paid industrial work placement. While you are responsible for arranging your own work placements, our dedicated placement team has a wealth of experience and knowledge in this area, gained over decades, and can guide you through the application process, including helping with application forms, CV clinics and interview practice.

Employment and career enhancement prospects for our postgraduate students are among the best in the country. You will also benefit greatly from the location of the university, as Bournemouth and Poole are popular UK holiday resorts, which create excellent opportunities for live case studies in all of our subject areas.

Our academics have an enviable track record for their applied research and consultancy projects. Many are actively sought out for their specialist knowledge by the media and government. Over the past 18 months alone staff have been to places as far afield as the Caribbean, South East Asia, Southern Africa, Western and Eastern Europe, Australia, and the United States. Our academic staff have also been actively working for clients in the UK. Projects have recently been completed for a number of organisations, local authorities, and national government departments, in addition to the National Trust, the National Audit Office, HM Prison Service and the Armed Forces. Our research leads us to be considered as a global centre of excellence in tourism and associated fields.

We provide an exciting environment for study and will ensure you are up to speed on the latest theories and industry knowledge. In addition to a large number of students on taught postgraduate degrees, the School is proud of its sizeable community of MPhil and PhD researchers, many of whom are international students sponsored and supported by national governments and other agencies.

45

46

The Graduate School The Graduate School provides a central academic and social focus for our postgraduate community – including postgraduate researchers and postgraduate taught students. As such, it has responsibility for the postgraduate student experience and also oversees quality assurance, ensuring our courses are developed and delivered to meet the high standards our students expect.

We are committed to: • Inspiring and mentoring the postgraduate community at BU • Providing a focus for BU’s postgraduate community and playing a leading role in delivering a distinctive BU postgraduate student experience • Creating a vibrant postgraduate community that breaks campus, disciplinary, geographical, and nationality boundaries • Continuing to play a leading role in ensuring consistent academic excellence in research degree delivery.

We work closely with your Academic School/Faculty and our Professional and Support Services to provide an outstanding and personalised postgraduate student experience that will equip you with the knowledge and skills required as you embark on your chosen career. We aim to promote excellence in postgraduate education and enhance your experience by creating the best environment for academic and personal development.

We provide you with a framework to maximise your professional and personal development, which will create highly employable early career professionals with high levels of transferable skills, personal and social responsibility and global perspectives. www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

Our vision is to create hubs for postgraduate study on both campuses to foster postgraduate academic communities for research and taught students. Inter-disciplinary collaboration is at the very heart of these aims; you’ll be able to engage with your peers from a variety of different backgrounds, helping you to deliver truly innovative solutions to complex problems.

We co-ordinate a range of schemes and events including: • 100 Doctoral Opportunities at BU – we are committed to postgraduate research development and are offering 100 PhD Studentships and Scholarships each year until 2018 • Postgraduate Research Development Fund – we run an annual fund offering individual awards to provide financial support for research activities related to an individual research project or personal development • Annual Conference – designed to showcase the best of BU’s postgraduate research and to provide a unique opportunity for inter-disciplinary learning within a supportive learning environment.

47

We support our students in four key areas: • Personal and professional development – we will help you identify your development needs, provide you with a framework within which you can undertake your development activities and help you record your development • Research skills training – we coordinate research skills training programmes (informed by Vitae Researcher Development Framework) for both postgraduate research and taught students to encourage your cross-disciplinary learning • Internationalisation – we support you in acquiring the knowledge and skills to make you an internationally employable postgraduate • Postgraduate community – through social, sport and academic activities, we enable you to be part of a large, dynamic and rapidly growing postgraduate community.

48

49

Subject areas Animation 50 Archaeology & Anthropology 58 Business & Management 66 Communications 78 Computing 84 Conservation Ecology & Environmental Sciences 90 Corporate & Marketing Communication 94 Design & Engineering 100 Finance 106 Forensic & Biological Sciences 116 Health & Social Care 122 Journalism 140 Law 144 Media Production 152 Psychology 166 Tourism, Hospitality & Events 170

Postgraduate study On the following pages you will find information on our postgraduate taught courses listed by subject area. A full list of courses is available on pages 2 and 3 of this prospectus.

Each course profile will give you an idea of what studying with us will involve, along with important information about tuition fees and the academic and English language entry requirements. Visit the webpage listed at the bottom of each page for further information about that particular course.

The university reserves the right to introduce changes to the information given, including the addition, withdrawal, relocation or restructuring of courses. +44 (0)1202 961916 www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

50

Course Listing Animation MA 3D Computer Animation 53 MSc Computer Animation & Visual Effects 54 MA Computer Games Art 57 MSc Computer Games Technology 56 MA Digital Effects 55

Animation The Media School at BU is home to the UK’s National Centre for Computer Animation (NCCA) and its research arm, the Computer Animation Research Centre (CARC). We have a strong international reputation for our innovative approach to award-winning digital media.

As a practitioner in this vibrant and evolving field, you will need a solid grasp of both the creative and technical process – supporting our fundamental philosophy that computer animation is a marriage of art and science.

In the latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE), our research in the area of Art and Design was designated as ‘world-leading’.

Research fellows and PhD students use the NCCA’s dedicated facilities to create computer graphics and animation, and to test the discipline’s boundaries and possibilities. Since it was established in 1989, the twin objectives of the NCCA have been to pioneer production of animation across the UK and to develop insightful, up-to-date and engaging courses at all levels.

The expertise of our academics in the fields of computer science, art and design and the creative

industries underpins our taught postgraduate courses, keeping them fresh, progressive and tailored to the cutting edge of the discipline. Our academics have international reputations in the areas of 3D modelling, animation, multi-media and virtual reality.

We have exceptional technical facilities: 120 computer workstations, which ensures a 1:1 ratio of computers to students, video recording and editing equipment, access to an in-house motion capture studio, green screen studio, life-drawing studio and production support. Our dedicated NCCA studio (with 24-hour high-speed internet) mirrors a professional working environment.

BU’s substantial strength in animation and games design is complemented by the MSc Computer Games Technology, taught by experts in the Faculty of Science & Technology. This course focuses on the technical elements of games design.

Animation

Research MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in animation or computer games, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Designing games for children’s rehabilitation Niels Keetels Muscle activation mapping of skeletal hand motion: An evolutionary approach Arun Somasekharan Constrained parameterization with applications to graphics and image processing Yu Hongchuan Hybrid modelling of time-variant heterogeneous objects Denis Kravstov

3D digital relief generation Meili Wang Generating anatomical substructures for physically-based facial animation Olusola Aina Adaptive motion synthesis and motor invariant theory Fangde Liu Critical computer animation: An examination of “practice as research” and its reflection and review processes Yasumiko Lo-Garry

51

52

Animation

National Centre for Computer Animation (NCCA) National Centre for Computer Animation (NCCA)

The Media School at BU is home to the National Centre for Computer Animation (NCCA), making it the best place in the UK to study computer animation and visual effects. It has been at the forefront of computer graphics and animation education and research in the UK since the late eighties.

In 2011, the NCCA was presented with the Queen’s Anniversary Award for its contribution to worldleading excellence and pioneering development in computer animation. The Queen’s Anniversary Prizes form part of the national honours system and are the most prestigious awards in UK education.

Founded in 1989, the Centre’s aim is to educate individuals in the areas of computer animation, digital effects and computer games and our graduates are highly sought after by businesses operating in these three industries. Our graduates find employment both nationally and internationally. Almost half of our graduates are employed by leading effects, animation and games production companies in the US, New Zealand and Australia. Our artworks are shown and exhibited internationally and have appeared frequently at the SIGGRAPH Electronic Theatre, Animation Theatres and Art Exhibition.

Paul Franklin, Oscar winner and Visual Effects Supervisor at Double Negative Visual Effects Ltd had this to say: “The NCCA at Bournemouth University is a true success story in the highly competitive global digital world. Bournemouth alumni made a significant contribution to Avatar and it should also be noted that Bournemouth has provided a large part of the workforce that has made the UK a world leader in feature film visual effects, helping to guarantee that franchises such as Harry Potter and Batman remain in the country. In the last decade, UK-based visual effects teams have been Oscarnominated on at least five occasions and have won twice.”

In 1989, we launched the first computer animation Master’s degree in the UK and perhaps the world. This MA course quickly became internationally acclaimed, as it was the first Master’s degree specifically aimed at producing technical directors and 3D computer animators. The course was further distinguished by the fact that it consisted of a 50/50 mix of art and science. In 1992 we launched our first Bachelor’s degree which followed the same philosophy as our Master’s degree.

On the research front, the success of the NCCA researchers can be measured in terms of the Research Assessment Exercise (RAE). The RAE takes place every four or five years and awards university departments a research grade between 1 and 5*, 5* being the best grade and indicating that the research of a given department is ‘world-leading’. Our research team has achieved consistently high scores in successive RAEs thus making it the highest rated UK research team in the field of computer animation. Our team’s scores have been 4 (in 1992), 4 (in 1996), 5 (in 2001) and the equivalent of a 5* (in 2008). Our research team – collectively known as the Computer Animation Research Centre (CARC) – consists of both creative and technical researchers.

In February 2011, The National Endowment for Science Technology and Art (NESTA) held up BU’s animation courses as a “shining example” compared to those of other institutions and the NCCA as the only “beacon of excellence” in VFX and computer animation education in the UK. Emphasising the employment rates at BU, which far exceed the national average, NESTA concluded: “Almost half of all graduates from specialist visual effects courses who gained employment in the industry in 2010 had graduated from BU”.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ncca

Animation

53

MA 3D Computer Animation Taught within the internationally recognised National Centre for Computer Animation (NCCA), and offers you the opportunity to follow in the footsteps of Oscar- and BAFTA-winning alumni.

Computer animation has revolutionised the world of film, special effects and computer games, both billion-dollar industries. This course will help you acquire the skills needed to work in a number of areas where computer animation is applied: films, animated feature films, computer games, television production, commercials, illustration, scientific visualisation, flight simulation, virtual environments, architectural visualisations and interactive media applications.

We aim to give you an exceptional learning experience by creating a professional studio environment where you will learn best practice and the techniques found in industry. You’ll learn the fundamentals of computer graphics, which will give you an excellent grasp of the subject matter and the transferable skills that you will need to pursue your chosen career.

You’ll be provided with your own workstation which is accessible 24/7, and will learn through a combination of mentoring and tutorials, making sure that you graduate with the practical handson skills that employers are looking for. Throughout the year industry practitioners deliver a variety of master classes relevant to the subject area. Group projects will give you the opportunity to collaborate with students from other Master’s courses, providing a realistic setting to discover what it’s like working with other creative and technical people. Applicants in the past have studied or worked in the field of fine art, illustration, painting, sculpture, graphic design, architecture, traditional animation, 3D visualisation, script writing, performance arts and photography. Computer knowledge is not a pre-requisite, neither is having worked in 3D before.

You’ll be learning with industry-standard software such as Maya, Nuke, Mari, ZBrush, and the Adobe Creative suite. The course ends with a graduate show in London at one of the UK’s top VFX studios, giving our NCCA graduates the opportunity to showcase their work to the industry.

Course content Moving Image Theory; Group Project; Computer Animation Techniques; Computer Animation Principles; Personal Inquiry, Master’s Project; Computer Animation Principles & Techniques.

Key Facts Delivered by: National Centre for Computer Animation (NCCA) located within the Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,500 Non-EU: £14,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). Portfolio and interview required.

Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: Art, Media, Design If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Computer Animation & Visual Effects (54) MA Digital Effects (55) MSc Computer Games Technology (56) Short courses for Media Professionals (165)

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/matdcanf

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Technology & Design

Link to research themes

Focus on your future The course has been designed to help graduates enter the computer animation industry in roles such as concept designers, character animators, environment artists, technical animators, technical directors, texture artists, modellers, lighters, compositors, riggers, motion editors (mocap), researchers, instructors, experimental animators and more.

MA 3D Computer Animation

The course

54

Animation

MSc Computer Animation & Visual Effects MSc Computer Animation & Visual Effects

Key Facts Delivered by: National Centre for Computer Animation (NCCA) located within the Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,500 Non-EU: £14,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). A strong knowledge of object oriented programming is preferred.

Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: Computer Science, Maths, Physics If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MA 3D Computer Animation (53) MA Digital Effects (55) MSc Computer Games Technology (56)

Link to research themes

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Technology & Design

The course This course will help you acquire the range and depth of technical skills necessary to become a future technical director, R&D engineers or software developers within the computer animation and computer games sectors.

You are expected to come from a technical background with an existing knowledge of programming and the course will build upon this, providing you with a combination of artistic sensibilities, problem-solving and technical skills, which can be applied to the role of technical director within the animation and games industries.

Technical directors often have to work alongside computer animators and resolve technical problems either by configuring existing software tools or designing new tools.

During your year-long study, you will develop your programming and scripting skills, and become familiar with special techniques and tools associated with computer animation. These skills are assessed in a variety of projects you will undertake during the year. Emphasis is placed on the use of industry standard hardware and software in the development of these techniques. Typical examples include the development of C++ programs to test new algorithms, the writing of shaders to support rendering, and the developing of scripts and tools to create new effects.

The academic aspects will provide you with a strong theoretical underpinning for the principal areas of study, including lecture series on computer graphics techniques, animation software development, principles of computer graphics, the fusion of art and technology, and personal research projects. You will also have the opportunity to collaborate with students on the other two Master’s courses in the Group Project. This format provides a realistic setting to discover what it’s like working with other creative people and working to a strict timescale.

The course attracts students from all over the world, giving it a strong interdisciplinary, international feel.

Course content Animation Software Development; CGI Tools; CGI Techniques; Group Project; Personal Inquiry; Master’s Project; Moving Image Theory.

Focus on your future Once you’ve completed the course, your employment prospects, based on previous years, are excellent. Most graduates find employment as technical directors in research and development teams in the film industry. A number of graduates have also found roles in computer games companies and have recently worked for companies such as; The Moving Picture Company, Double Negative, Framestore, The Foundry, Animal Logic, Industrial Light and Magic, Dreamworks, Ubisoft. They have worked on many films including Gravity, Avatar, Iron Man 3 and Sherlock Holmes.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mscavef

Animation

55

MA Digital Effects This course intends to create well-rounded digital effects artists for the feature film effects industry. The course is part of the National Centre for Computer Animation (NCCA) that has a long-standing international reputation for creating digital effects artists and computer animators.

MA Digital Effects is truly international, attracting students from all over the world. As a student on this course, you will be mixing with a diverse range of cultures and identities. The academic aspects will provide you with a strong theoretical and technical underpinning for the principal areas of study. These will include lecture series on filmmaking techniques, green screen, MOCAP, computer graphic principles, the fusion of art and technology, personal research, and applied digital effects theory and practice.

We accept students from a broad range of art-based subject areas including fine art, photography, architecture, filmmaking, fashion design, and graphic design. We will also consider applications from non-art-based subjects such as computer sciences or engineering, as long as good art skills can be demonstrated. Knowledge of digital effects and computer graphics are not a pre-requisite for entry, as everything is rapidly taught from basics. A strong set of traditional art and photography skills are however highly beneficial, and demonstration of all art-based skills should be done at application stage in the form of a digital portfolio.

Key Facts Delivered by: National Centre for Computer Animation (NCCA) located within the Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,500 Non-EU: £14,000

Course content

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). Portfolio, digital self-portrait and interview required. Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience

Digital Effects Nucleus; Digital Effects Tools; Moving Image Theory; Group Project; Digital Effects Techniques; Personal Inquiry; Master’s Project in Digital Effects.

Relevant subjects: Art, Media, Design, Filmmaking, Photography

Focus on your future

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

BU’s graduate employment rate is excellent. Our graduates have worked for companies such as: The Moving Picture Company (Troy, Batman Begins, Harry Potter), Weta (Avatar, King Kong), Double Negative (Inception, Iron Man 2, Sherlock Holmes, The Dark Knight), Framestore CFC (Avatar, The Golden Compass, Superman Returns), Sony Pictures Imageworks (Alice in Wonderland, Spiderman 3, I Am Legend) and Baseblack (Casino Royale). MA Digital Effects can also now attribute three Oscars to our graduates; for Gravity, Frozen and Avatar.

What they say

See also: MSc Computer Animation & Visual Effects (54) MA 3D Computer Animation (53) MSc Computer Games Technology (56)

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Technology & Design

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/madef

Link to research themes

“I am very proud of the work our students produce and it is always a privilege to witness the growth and progress of a student during their time on this course.”

Phil Spicer, Course leader

MA Digital Effects

The course

56

Animation

MSc Computer Games Technology MSc Computer Games Technology

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above), in Computer Science, Electronics or a related technical discipline.

Practitioners and professionals already employed in the industry looking for additional theoretical and practical knowledge Relevant subjects: Computer Science, Electronics or a related technical discipline.

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

The course Our Master’s in Computer Games Technology will provide you with the ability to plan, implement and produce computer and video games using the latest methods and tools. In recent years there have been significant developments in the philosophies and technical approaches for these processes and the subsequent generation of contemporary real-time computer and video games on multiple platforms.

The course will equip you with an in-depth knowledge of key areas of modern, state-of-the-art games technology and production, taking into account the aforementioned and constant radical changes in the games industry; from PC and console gaming to mobile and MMOs, each bringing new challenges and opportunities for development.

Course content Game Development; Intellectual Property in the Digital Economy; Research Methods; Individual Master’s Project, Advanced Games Programming, Mathematics for Games, Games Physics and AI.

Focus on your future This course will prepare you for employment in sectors such as games programming, game engine design, game level design, modelling and animation for games, and game management and production. The mixture of practice-based research and taught classes by academics and notable industry experts gives graduates the ideal launchpad for a great, successful and long-lasting career in the games industry.

What they say “The MSc in Computer Games Technology is an ideal way to diversify prior expertise gained at undergraduate level in computing, animation and design (amongst other principles) in order to create a skillset perfectly suitable for a graduate position in the ever-expanding games development industry.”

Dr Christos Gatzidis, Senior Lecturer, Creative Technology Framework Leader, Faculty of Science & Technology

See also: MSc Digital Music & Audio Production (161) Link to research themes

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Technology & Design

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mscgtf

Animation

57

MA Computer Games Art This course will equip you with the knowledge and tools you need to succeed in the fast-moving and challenging world of computer games production. It will provide you with a range of specialist skills that will enable you to fit seamlessly into a development studio and be a valuable addition to the art team.

During the course you will study the entire games development pipeline, the development process and key elements of that process, including concept design and development, modelling, animation and effects. This course enables you to apply strong traditional art skills in a specialist production environment.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September

You will learn in an open environment, complete with your own individual workstation equipped with industry-standard software and the latest development tools.

Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,500 Non-EU: £14,000

You will work on individual and group projects, having the opportunity to collaborate with other students across related disciplines within The Media School and the Queen’s Awardwinning National Centre of Computer Animation (NCCA). You will graduate with a highly sought-after blend of technical and craft skills, theory and contacts from your collaborative projects.

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). Portfolio and interview required.

Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience

Course content Core units: Computer Animation Principles; Computer Games Techniques; Computer Games Principles; Moving Image and Practice & Theory; Group Project; Personal Inquiry; Master’s Project.

Focus on your future Graduates from this course can expect to gain employment as artists in game development studios closely linked to the NCCA, including Sony, Lionhead, Rare, Frontier Developments, EA Games and many others.

What they say

Relevant subjects: Art, Media and Design If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Computer Animation & Visual Effects (54) MA 3D Computer Animation (53) MSc Computer Games Technology (56)

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Technology & Design

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/macgaf

Link to research themes

“The MA in Computer Games Art provides students with a fantastic opportunity to acquire the skills and experience needed to pursue a career in one of the UK’s most exciting and dynamic industries. Delivered by the internationally renowned NCCA, the course offers a dedicated studio with industry standard tools and software, extremely close links to industry, and a teaching team with extensive real-world production experience.”

Sofronis Efstathiou, Computer Animation Postgraduate Framework Leader

MA Computer Games Art

The course

58

Course Listing Archaeology & Anthropology MSc Applied Sciences by Research MSc Archaeological Practice MSc Forensic Archaeology MSc Maritime Archaeology MSc Osteoarchaeology

60 61 65 63 62

Archaeology & Anthropology Archaeology & Anthropology allow us to explore how humans and their ancestors lived and died, by examining their material remains.

Archaeology is the systematic study of the human past through material remains. It allows us to understand the diversity of human experience over time and to recognise how people have understood and impacted on their environment. At postgraduate level we specialise in archaeological practice, forensic archaeology, marine archaeology, and osteoarchaeology.

Anthropology at BU has two main strengths that have a close relationship to Archaeology.

These are biological anthropology and forensic anthropology. Biological anthropology is the study of evolution and variation in human populations and of the interactions between human biology and environment. It includes the archaeology of human evolution.

Staff and employability Archaeology & Anthropology at BU is supported by a dynamic community of highly qualified and experienced scientists, scholars, research and

support staff. They recognise that a degree in these subjects gives students a wide array of skills that increases graduates’ employability in many varied professions. We are seen by employers as a field leader in professional practice, and we are proud of the high-quality graduates we produce.

Field Practice and Research BU is situated close to many of Britain’s iconic archaeological sites and historic landscapes including the rich underwater and coastal heritage of the Jurassic Coast, a designated World Heritage Site. We strongly encourage active participation of students in our world-leading research projects, which take our staff and students all over the globe. BU offers field opportunities from sites in the UK such as Stonehenge or the Swash Channel Shipwreck to as far afield as the Near East, Easter Island, and East Africa. We regularly host international conferences and students are strongly encouraged to participate in these.

Archaeology & Anthropology

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in archaeology or anthropology, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Understanding heritage: Multiple meanings and values Maeve Marmion The Isle of Wight in the English landscape: Medieval and post-medieval rural settlement and land use on the Isle of Wight Helen Victoria Basford Integrating zooarchaeology into studies of Roman Britain and medieval Russia Mark Maltby

Archaeological remote sensing: Visualisation and analysis of archaeological landscapes using airborne laser scanning and digital spectral data Rebecca Bennett Livestock and landscape: Exploring animal exploitation in later prehistory in the south west of Britain Clare Randall

59

60

Archaeology & Anthropology

MSc Applied Sciences by Research MSc Applied Sciences by Research

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September

The course This course has been designed to broaden your skills in a range of science specialisms, in line with current employer demands. You will gain and develop practical skills beyond those that are normally available within a First degree or taught Master’s degree and you will be required to engage in a large-scale laboratory or fieldwork research project. You will produce a final piece of work that is likely to be publishable and/or presentable at a scientific meeting.

Completion of the course should therefore develop your confidence to enable you to demonstrate achievement, independent thinking and laboratory and fieldwork skills to a prospective employer.

The choice of optional units allows a focus on a wide variety of disciplines spanning the research areas of the Faculty.

Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,000 Non-EU: £12,500

You will undertake a double-weighted research project in conjunction with just three taught units selected from a range of units offered within the Applied Sciences Postgraduate Framework.

Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details

Course content

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), in a relevant subject area or equivalent professional experience Relevant subjects: Biology, Biosciences, Forensic Science, Environmental Studies, Environmental Forensics, Archaeology, Osteology or Anthropology If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Forensic Toxicology by Research (119)

Core units: Extended Research Project; Research Skills (taught unit).

Option units (choose two of the following – subject to academic background of candidate, agreement of unit leader where appropriate and approval by course tutor): Molecular Technology, Bioinformatics, Geographical Information Systems; Field Ecology Skills; Quantitative Ecology; Nature Conservation Management; Past Environmental Change; Frontiers in Biodiversity Science; Green Technology & Renewable Energy; Biodiversity & Ecosystem Services; Environmental Law & Social Justice; Environmental Protection & Management; Carbon Management; Frontiers of Sustainability Science; and Sustainable Development in Practice; Maritime Archaeology; Underwater Cultural Heritage in situ – Degradation & Preservation; Professional Practice in Forensic Science; Environmental Forensics; Forensic Archaeology; Principles & Methods in Zooarchaeology; Archaeological Field Investigation; Professional Practice in PostExcavation; Recording & Understanding Archaeological Landscapes; Humans, Animals & Diet; Advanced Human Osteology; Human Skeletal Analysis; Crime Scene Management & Forensic Science; Primates & Human Evolution; Career Development in Biodiversity & Conservation.

Focus on your future This course will serve as a path into a higher research degree, such as a PhD or into a wide range of careers linked to your specialist area of research study.

Link to research themes

What they say

Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

“This course allows you to tailor your study to your specific requirements or career aspirations and gain valuable handson practical skills.”

Wei-Jun Liang, Course Co-ordinator www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msasrf

Archaeology & Anthropology

61

MSc Archaeological Practice This course is delivered by some of the UK’s leading field practitioners in archaeology. Under their enthusiastic and knowledgeable direction, you will gain experience in managing and supervising archaeological fieldwork and have options available to develop the planning and execution of a programme of postexcavation analysis as well as a range of other related areas of expertise.

The course will provide you with essential practical skills and experience in field survey, excavation, post-excavation and research skills – all of which will be crucial to your continued career success.

You will also be able to gain further specialised knowledge and skills in areas including maritime archaeology, forensic archaeology, zooarchaeology and geographical information systems. The degree has been designed to aid your problem-solving, teamworking and management skills. In a very competitive employment market a graduate in archaeology needs an ‘edge’, particularly with regard to workplace skills.

This course is strongly tailored towards professional relevance to enhance your viability either in the workplace or in a research environment. It will appeal to anyone looking to build on their undergraduate qualifications in archaeology or a related subject

Course content Core units: Research Project; Research Skills; Archaeological Field Investigation; Recording & Understanding Archaeological Landscapes. Core options (choose one of the following): Past Environmental Change; Professional Practice in Post-Excavation.

Option units (choose two of the following): Geographical Information Systems; Management of the Underwater Cultural Heritage; Management of Archaeological Artefacts (Marine); Forensic Archaeology; Principles & Methods in Zooarchaeology; Humans, Animals & Diet.

Focus on your future The staff who deliver this course are very research active, and share those experiences through education and consultancy. You may be involved in fieldwork and placements across the globe, developing valuable links with the industry in the process. In addition, the combination of practical skills and theoretical understanding that this course offers will help you to become an outstanding candidate when it comes to embarking on your chosen career, whether commercial or research based.

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,000 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), in a relevant subject area or equivalent professional experience Relevant subjects: Archaeology If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Maritime Archaeology (63) MSc Osteoarchaeology (62) MSc Applied Sciences by Research (60) MSc Forensic Archaeology (65) MSc Forensic Osteology (120)

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msapf

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy

Link to research themes

What they say “At BU we have excellent field and lab resources and are located within one of the richest archaeological landscapes of the UK, making this the perfect place to study archaeology.”

John Gale, Course Co-ordinator

MSc Archaeological Practice

The course

62

Archaeology & Anthropology

MSc Osteoarchaeology MSc Osteoarchaeology

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £13,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), in a relevant subject area or equivalent professional experience Relevant subjects: Archaeology, Anthropology, Biological or Forensic Sciences If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Archaeological Practice (61) MSc Maritime Archaeology (63) MSc Forensic Archaeology (65) MSc Forensic Osteology (120)

The course Human and animal bones can provide us with a wealth of information about the past – diet, health, economics, society and the natural world. This course will provide you with the practical skills and theoretical understanding that are essential for interpreting human and animal remains from archaeological sites.

Our expertise in studying both human and animal remains means that this course is ideally suited to meet the needs of the archaeological profession for skilled osteoarchaeologists to help interpret archaeological sites and understand past human experience. We will provide you with detailed knowledge and a critical understanding of osteoarchaeological principles and methods for both the theoretical and practical elements of the subject. This will be set within the wider context and perspective of archaeological studies. Human and animal osteoarchaeology have a great deal in common, and by covering both of them, this course will give you a breadth of knowledge that will leave you well placed to specialise further in whichever area you wish. You will learn through practical sessions, lectures, workshops, seminars, field trips and individual tutorials.

Your learning will be supported by excellent technical and scientific facilities. These include dedicated human and animal bone research and analytical laboratories plus extensive modern and archaeological skeletal collections. Hands-on experience, IT skills and a professional approach underpin the course.

Course content Core units: Research Project; Research Skills; Principles & Methods in Zooarchaeology; Humans, Animals & Diet; Advanced Human Osteology.

Option units (choose two of the following): Past Environmental Change; Professional Practice in Post-Excavation; Human Skeletal Analysis.

Focus on your future Our graduates from this course have a good employment record within the archaeological profession, both in the UK and abroad. Some of our graduates are now working as human osteoarchaeologists and zooarchaeologists for archaeological field units, on research projects, and for organisations such as English Heritage. Others have taken up further postgraduate research at PhD level and are engaged in successful academic careers as postdoctoral researchers and university lecturers.

Link to research themes

What they say

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy

“Students enjoy the combination of human and animal bone studies, the strong practical component of the course, and the opportunity to develop excellent research skills.”

Ellen Hambleton, Course Co-ordinator www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msoaf

Archaeology & Anthropology

63

MSc Maritime Archaeology This course introduces the principles and practice of maritime archaeology of all periods up to the 20th century, and places this in the broader international context. Our primary areas of research are: archaeology of seafaring and the development of ships; site formation and in situ preservation and degradation, marine environmental processing and diving project management.

You will experience a wide variety of learning methods, including lectures, practicals, workshops, seminars and field trips. Assessment is varied and addresses theoretical issues, practical problems and tasks that you are likely to encounter in the professional environment. The combination of the theoretical and practical understanding will help you gain the confidence and skills to flourish in your chosen profession.

Your learning will be fully supported by our extensive maritime archaeological, technical and scientific facilities. We are also fully equipped for undertaking archaeological diving operations and have extensive equipment dedicated to the support of archaeological operations in the inter-tidal and marine zone.

Course content Core units: Maritime Archaeology; Management of Underwater Cultural Heritage in situ, Degradation & Preservation; Archaeological Field Investigation; Research Skills; Research Project.

Option units include: Management of Archaeological Material (with an emphasis on material from the marine environment), Professional Practice in Post-Excavation; Geographical Information Systems, Principles & Methods in Zooarchaeology. Students can decide to take the Management of Underwater Cultural Heritage in situ either at BU or at the Council for National Research in Florence (Italy).

Focus on your future Our reputation for producing outstanding research and top-quality graduates will precede you once you graduate from BU. Our research partners have included the British Museum, Mary Rose Trust, Nautical Archaeological Society, Poole Museum, South West Maritime Archaeology Group, The Institute for Archaeologists, The Maritime Affairs Group, English Heritage, The Council for National Research in Italy, SP Technical Research Institute of Sweden and National Oceanic Atmospheric Administration (USA).

What they say

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msmaf

Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,000 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), in a relevant subject area or equivalent professional experience Relevant subjects: Archaeology, History, Marine Science, Conservation, Professional Practice, Archaeology Field Investigation and Heritage Management If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Archaeological Practice (61) MSc Osteoarchaeology (62)

Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

“We prepare students for a career in this field by providing high-quality education, research resources, project participation and a portfolio of high-profile national and international networks.”

Paola Palma, Course Co-ordinator

Key Facts

MSc Maritime Archaeology

The course

64

“We pride ourselves on our open and friendly learning environment, and our professionally relevant courses.�

Dr Kate Welham, Faculty of Science & Technology

Archaeology & Anthropology

65

MSc Forensic Archaeology This course involves the use of archaeological principles, techniques and methods for the location, recovery, and interpretation of evidence for past events within the context of criminal justice systems. It will help you to develop the professional skills that employers are looking for.

You’ll learn how to make use of both practical field and laboratory skills in the investigation of serious crimes, searching for and excavating clandestine graves, international investigation of crimes against humanity, and assistance with recovery and identification during mass disasters.

The course culminates in a week-long simulated mass grave excavation followed by a week-long field domestic crime forensic simulation exercise on which you are then examined as an expert in a courtroom scenario. You will also undertake an independent research project.

Forensic archaeology is an expanding field internationally as skilled archaeologists are deployed on human rights and related investigations. Our graduates and staff have worked in Bosnia, Croatia, Kosovo, France, East Timor, DR Congo, Guatemala, Colombia, Cyprus, Indonesia, Libya and Iraq examining crime scenes, mass graves and disasters, and are acknowledged as some of the most experienced forensic archaeologists in the field.

Course content Core units: Research Skills; Forensic Archaeology; Advanced Forensic Archaeology; Professional Practice in Forensic Science; Research Project.

Option units: Advanced Human Osteology; Principles & Methods in Zooarchaeology; Crime Scene Management & Forensic Science; Humans, Animals and Diet; Geographical Information Systems (GIS).

Focus on your future Our graduates are employed both inside and outside forensics as archaeologists, osteologists, anthropologists, scene of crime officers, scientists, academics, researchers and military officers. Employers include the United Nations (UN), the International Commission for Missing Persons (ICMP), Centre for International Forensic Assistance (CIFA), Inforce and other organisations. Many graduates join UK, US and Canadian or other domestic police forces, work in medico-legal organisations, or academia.

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £13,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), in a relevant subject area or equivalent professional experience Relevant subjects: Archaeology, Archaeological Sciences, Anthropology, Forensic Science, Geology, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Psychology or similar If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Forensic Osteology (120) MSc Osteoarchaeology (62) MSc Archaeological Practice (61)

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msfaf

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy

Link to research themes

What they say “BU has a strong international reputation. You will train first-hand with established, professional and research-active experts in the field of forensic archaeology.”

Paul Cheetham, Course leader

MSc Forensic Archaeology

The course

66

Course Listing Business & Management The Bournemouth MBA 68 MSc Consumer Behaviour 74 MSc Innovation Management & Entrepreneurship 75 MSc International Management 71 MSc Management with Human Resources 70 MSc Management with Project Management 73 MSc Marketing Management 72 MSc Professional Development (Human Resource Management) (part-time) 69 MSc Retail Management & Marketing 76 MSc Sport Management 77

Business & Management Our qualifications are recognised by leading professional bodies and are suitable for students at all levels of career progression.

In an increasingly competitive employment market, it pays to invest in your own development. Our graduates are upwardly mobile. Some of you will be starting out your career, others will progress within your current organisation; many of you will choose to move on or aspire to run your own business.

A variety of Business & Management courses are delivered by our Business School and School of Tourism. Both Schools are enjoying unprecedented levels of growth and an enhanced international reputation as providers of contemporary management education. The Business School’s Master’s degrees are delivered at the Executive Business Centre – an innovative building offering the latest business amenities including an i-Floor, technopods and state-of-the-art seminar facilities.

The School of Tourism is a world-leader in tourism research and is one of the UK’s leading institutions for postgraduate study in the broadly defined

tourism sector, incorporating events, hospitality, leisure, retail and sport. The Business School recently reviewed their Master’s programme and significantly strengthened it into something more specialist, which can hold currency in the commercial world. The new courses that have been introduced include MSc Consumer Behaviour and MSc Innovation Management & Entrepreneurship.

Our academics are not just lecturers. They also share their expertise through our business consultancy services, which have aided the profitability and market position of many of the organisations with which they have worked. The experience of our academics and practitioners helps inform our portfolio of Master’s degrees to ensure they are relevant and equip our graduates with the skills needed to succeed in their career.

Business & Management

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in business or management, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Behavioural reactions of managers towards airline operations performance in times of crisis and growth David Parry A framework for knowledge-based diagnosis and improvement planning of business processes Ivan Nitikin The effect of ICT on franchise relationships Clive Brooks Key performance indicator disclosures by large UK private and public listed companies Aylwin Yafele

Locating the mediator within workplace discourse: Supporter of the status quo or humble ‘midwife’ of dialogue?

Developing an alternative workplace mediation practice Roger Seaman Market organisation and the process of economic development: The case of the partially liberalised Ghanaian cocoa market Michael Granleese Value co-creation between SME suppliers and large customers in the UK organic food sector Isaac Komo Ngugi

Exploring the critical factors of the successful implementation of Six Sigma approach: A case study of Ducab, UAE Ahmed Al Sharif

The relative information content of complementary and supplementary narrative commentary in UK interim reports Martin Kyeyune

Critical evaluation into the role of ethics in clothing purchase decision Jeffrey Bray

SMEs and the internet: Drivers of and barriers to e-engagement George Downie

67

68

Business & Management

The Bournemouth MBA The Bournemouth MBA

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Accreditations: Some units are accredited by the Chartered Insurance Institute (CII) Duration: 1 year full-time (campus based), 2 years distance learning (with one residential per each stage of study). Short internship opportunities available Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time

The course The MBA continues to lead as a prestigious and globally-recognised qualification for business professionals. The globalisation of business has produced a growing call for highly educated individuals who can operate successfully in the international arena. The demand for this traditional qualification remains high and there is a growing need from businesses and industries for a qualification that combines core MBA values with specialist sector knowledge.

The Bournemouth MBA presents the best of both worlds – a traditional approach through core business and management education, with a focus on personal and professional development, coupled with a choice of six industry specialisms (see below for details).

The Bournemouth MBA is designed to develop you into a stronger, highly-valued manager. You will be joining a committed and dedicated team of academics and practitioners, who are geared to share their knowledge and experiences using practical methods, such as case study analysis and business simulations.

Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,500 Non-EU: £14,000

You will learn through lectures, workshops and guest speakers enabling you to graduate with the ability to evaluate, influence and inform business decision-making. Guest speakers facilitate sessions on management related issues and challenges, allowing you to reflect on career choices and engage in discussions relating to the world of management.

Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details

Course content

Start date: September

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience.

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in writing and 5.5 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183

Core units: Personal & Professional Development; Accounting & Financial Management; Contemporary Issues in the Global Business Environment; Strategic Applied Marketing; Performance Management & Analytics; Leadership & Organisational Behaviour; Strategic Management.

One specialism from: Entrepreneurial Management; Business Law & Intellectual Property; Advanced Marketing; Industrial Economics; Financial Services; Business in New Media Environments.

Option units: Consultancy; Research Project.

There may be an opportunity to undertake a short internship (subject to availability) as part of this course.

Focus on your future Link to research themes

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

The Bournemouth MBA is more than just a qualification. A careers survey by the Association of MBAs revealed that, internationally, average earnings of those surveyed were 33% higher immediately after their MBA, 92% higher 3-5 years later, and 151% higher 6-10 years after graduation. With a median and mean salary of £64,000 and £73,000 respectively, an MBA is seen as a smart investment. We produce highquality graduates who now hold key positions in renowned companies such as JPMorgan, KPMG, IBM, Barclays, Mazars, Lush, the Crown Prosecution Service, Financial Times, Ogilvy, and Blake Lapthorn.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mbasf

Business & Management

MSc Professional Development (Human Resource Management) (part-time) This course is an exciting development for those working in a human resource management (HRM) role. It has been approved by the Chartered Institute of Personnel & Development (CIPD), the professional body for those involved in the management and development of people, and will enable HRM practitioners to gain the qualifications appropriate to professional membership of the CIPD. The course is aimed at those working within HRM roles that are looking to study on a part-time basis. Upon completion of the course, you will be equipped with substantial knowledge of contemporary HRM theory and the ability to apply that knowledge to real-life situations.

Successful completion of the Postgraduate Diploma can also support an application for CIPD professional membership.

Course content The units cover core and contemporary areas of HRM: Leading, Managing & Developing People; Human Resource Management in Context; Developing Skills for Business Leadership; Knowledge Management & Organisational Learning; Managing Employment Relations; Employment Law; Resourcing & Talent Management; Investigating a Business Issue from a Human Resource Perspective; Research Project.

This degree is delivered in a way that means you can exit at three distinct points with a Postgraduate Certificate; Postgraduate Diploma; or Master’s degree.

Focus on your future Our graduates are highly sought after and you will benefit from our excellent reputation for enhancing employability. You will develop an ideal blend of specialist human resource and generalist management expertise in order to stand out in the highly competitive HRM career market.

Human resources graduates are currently working in various roles, some of which include: Managing Director - HR Products Ltd; HR Advisor - Page HR; Senior HR Business Partner – AXA; HR Manager – SPS Print Group; Director – Workwise People Development; Chief Talent Officer – JWT.

What they say

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mspdhrp

Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre.

Lansdowne Campus, Guernsey Training Agency Accreditations: Chartered Institute of Personnel & Development (CIPD) Duration: 27 months Delivery methods: Part-time Start date: September Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), or completion of the Certificate in Personnel Practice or CIPD Intermediate Level qualification. Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in all components) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Management with Human Resources (70)

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

“Studying this course while working is an ideal way to enhance your professional development. With the guidance of our expert academic team, you will acquire the necessary skills and competence to plan and manage HR activities at both an operational and strategic level within both the public and private sector.”

Dr Lois Farquharson, The Business School

Key Facts

MSc Professional Development (Human Resource Management) (part-time)

The course

69

70

Business & Management

MSc Management with Human Resources MSc Management with Human Resources

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12–16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months) Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), in a relevant subject area. Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Professional Development (Human Resource Management) (69)

The course Whether you are a recent graduate keen to continue your studies or a practitioner looking to further your career, this course will help you to develop a blend of specialist human resource (HR) and general management expertise. With the guidance of our expert academic team, you will develop the necessary skills and judgement to plan and manage HR strategies in both the public and the private sector.

Specialist units explore issues including employment relations and law and the development of people as a resource. These are complemented by core management units, which concentrate on the management of people, marketing and strategy, as well as contemporary issues within the business world.

You’ll complete this course having gained expert skills and a true appreciation of the vital role that HR plays within the wider context of an organisation. A part-time course is available for those already working in a business environment who wish to gain a qualification to underpin their professional development (see page 69).

Course content Managing People; Marketing & Strategy; Leadership Essentials; Organisation & Employment Studies: Issues & Debates; People Resourcing & Development; International Human Resource Management; Research Project (with optional work placement).

Focus on your future Graduates from this course will benefit from our excellent reputation when it comes to graduate employment rates, which are always well above the national average.

We are frequently rated amongst the top universities in the country for graduate employment by both The Guardian and Financial Times.

Our graduates are highly sought after and key employers utilise our active Careers & Employability Service to advertise graduate vacancies.

What they say

Link to research themes

“Firmly based on the principles of management, this course provides an opportunity to gain an understanding of the theory and practice of human resource management, which continues to be an area of crucial importance in economies around the world.”

Dr Lois Farquharson, The Business School Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msmhrf

Business & Management

71

MSc International Management People, strategy, networks and markets all require expert management. But the difference between strong and poor management can mean the difference between success and failure for an organisation. That’s a lot of pressure on any manager’s shoulders. Empowering yourself with the business skills and acumen will ensure you will be a successful, dynamic leader.

Business is a broad and fascinating subject with many different areas to specialise in. Those new to and practising in management will need a strong grasp of all areas of an organisation and how these networked departments work together in order to become a much demanded ‘chameleon’ of business.

The MSc International Management course is a combination of truly contemporary, specialist units and our internationally rich culture provide a global perspective on management in practice across the globe.

Course content Managing People; Marketing & Strategy; Leadership Essentials; Contemporary Issues in Management; Business Relationships & Networks; Managing in Global Markets; Research Project (with optional work placement).

Focus on your future This course will prepare you for a variety of careers in the global business sector. Our graduates are in high demand with exciting career paths, which include jobs in the financial capitals of the world, as well as in human resources and marketing.

What they say “No prior background in either business or economics is required for this course and our students have commented that it has enabled them to see business and economic issues from a new perspective; to be able to go beyond the superficial. This is particularly important as today’s complex financial world requires managers to have a broad appreciation of the interdisciplinary nature of finance and economics.”

Professor Allan Webster, The Business School

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12–16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months) Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Marketing Management (72) MSc Management with Human Resources (70)

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msimf

MSc International Management

The course

72

Business & Management

MSc Marketing Management MSc Marketing Management

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12–16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months) Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500

The course Marketing is arguably at the centre of all business activity. In a world where your brand sits among millions and where it seems your consumers would rather talk about you than to you, it is vital that marketing practitioners stay ahead of the game.

This course incorporates specialist units, which explore crucial, contemporary issues relating to today’s marketers, complemented by broader management units. This will develop your appreciation of the relationship between marketing and the wider sphere of the organisation and heighten the demand for your acumen within industry.

Today’s emphasis on new media marketing means that most marketers are not solely communicating with a local or even national market. Studying in an environment which brings together staff and students from all over the world will give you the edge in industry to be a future leader in your area of expertise.

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience

Course content

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

The calibre of our graduates is widely recognised by employers and BU is frequently rated as one of the top academic centres for graduate employment in national polls.

See also: MSc Management with Human Resources (70) MSc International Management (71)

Managing People; Marketing & Strategy; Leadership Essentials; Contemporary Issues in Marketing; Business Relationships & Networks; Marketing Communications; Research Project (with optional work placement).

Focus on your future

Successful businesses are increasingly recognising the integral role that marketing plays in achieving objectives, and the MSc Marketing Management has been developed in order to serve that industry need. Our graduates have gone on to find success with a variety of businesses within the service and consumer industries.

What they say “Marketing and management skills are a powerful combination in any business context. This course has been specifically designed to provide you with these skills and put you ahead of the game.”

Dr Julie Robson MCIM, The Business School

Link to research themes

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msmkmf

Business & Management

73

MSc Management with Project Management This course has been developed specifically to satisfy the demand for one of the fastest growing professional groups – project management. It is a conversion course that enables graduates to change subject or career direction, but is equally well-suited to those who have already gained relevant qualifications at undergraduate level or have similar work experience.

The course will help you to develop the project management skills and business acumen to become a successful, dynamic leader by combining contemporary, specialist units with our internationally rich culture. This will give you a global perspective on management in practice, while also encouraging you to take part in contemporary management debates while gaining a wider understanding of the different management functions and how they are related.

You’ll benefit from a number of cutting-edge units that draw on current research undertaken within our academic team, whose findings will inform you on the issues most relevant to project management in today’s business environment. Your learning will include workshops and lectures that are supported by new technology and online material, and there will be a mix of teamwork and individual study, encouraging you to become an independent learner via research and project work. You’ll be exploring project management in a dynamic way, gaining an advanced knowledge of organisations, their management and the changing contexts in which they operate. This will make sure that the principles you acquire are as applicable in a marketing or service-led organisation as an engineering or manufacturing business.

Course content Managing People; Marketing & Strategy; Leadership Essentials; Contemporary Issues in Project Management; Project Management Fundamentals; Corporate Governance & Ethics; Research Project (with optional work placement).

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12–16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months) Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience

MSc Management with Project Management

The course

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

Focus on your future This course will enable you to make a significant contribution within any project environment, both at an individual level and as a member of a team. This would typically be in the initiation, planning and control, quality, risk and other related project management areas. You’ll be able to enter into project management and general management in both the public and commercial sectors, deploying your advanced skills to guide successful projects to completion and make an effective contribution to businesses.

“Empowering yourself with project management skills and business acumen will ensure you can be a successful, dynamic leader.”

Karen Thompson, The Business School www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msmpmf

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

What they say

74

Business & Management

MSc Consumer Behaviour MSc Consumer Behaviour

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Accreditations: The Market Research Society (MRS) Duration: 12 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: Business Management or Marketing If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.5 in writing and speaking and 6.0 in all other components) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Marketing Management (72) MSc International Management (71)

Link to research themes

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

The course Understanding consumers is crucial for achieving success in any market.

Today’s consumers are more connected and ‘tech-savvy’ and are increasingly seeking greater engagement with brands through social media and meaningful consumption experiences. They are also more mindful of the world around them, and reflect their perspective of it through their buying behaviour, with factors such as sustainability, human welfare and provenance influencing product and brand choice. The MSc Consumer Behaviour has been developed with this in mind and so combines core aspects of consumer behaviour, branding, communications, service marketing and market research with fundamental elements of emerging technologies, digital and social media, and the internet.

The focus of this course is on investigating contemporary consumer insights and recognising critical marketing implications arising from how consumers and business buyers make their buying decisions.

The course will develop your ability to understand and apply key consumer theories relevant to B2C and B2B markets, as well as the research and analytical skills you will need to be able to provide real insights into the behaviour of potential customers. You will gain a deep understanding of the factors that influence consumer decisionmaking processes in order to develop effective organisational and marketing strategies; creating, positioning, communicating and delivering products and services that target the right market segment.

Course content Consumers in the Marketplace; Consumer Services Marketing; The Connected Customer; Consumer Culture Theory; The Mindful Consumer; Consumer Market Research; Consumer Behaviour Dissertation (academic and consultancy route options; optional work placement element).

Focus on your future Professionals trained in understanding consumers are in demand by a variety of organisations. This Master’s degree can lead to a range of career paths, such as consumer research, branding, consultancy, consumer insight, media, advertising and product/service design.

What they say “An MSc in Consumer Behaviour will provide you with the skills to understand consumer preferences, influences, decision making and behaviour in the buying process.”

Professor Juliet Memery, The Business School

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mscbf

Business & Management

MSc Innovation Management & Entrepreneurship Innovation lies at the very heart of how organisations create value.

Entrepreneurship is the lifeblood that turns ideas into action. On this course, you will live and learn the ideas and practices that lead to new processes and products and bring these ideas to market.

The MSc in Innovation Management & Entrepreneurship is a conversion course. It enables you to build a broad understanding of business practice before deepening your knowledge on how creativity and design turn into business ideas and how business ideas accumulate the funding and customers to become businesses.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12–16 months Delivery methods: Full-time

The course will build your understanding of theory alongside the core business skills. It has been designed specifically to begin by grounding business and non-business graduates alike in the knowledge you will need. We take this to new levels by highlighting the networks and relationships needed for collaborative work in what are increasingly international markets for goods and services.

Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months)

You will be able to select from a range of options, giving you the freedom and flexibility to focus your learning before carrying out a major practical exercise to help you launch your career.

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience

Your studies will be based in our modern Executive Business Centre, with state-of-the-art lecture theatres and learning facilities, and you will be learning from professionals who are experts in their field. We work closely with employers and professional bodies to make sure that you are provided with the most appropriate study opportunities for your personal and professional development.

Course content Core units: Managing People; Marketing & Strategy; Accounting & Financial Management; Business Models, Resources & Intellectual Property; Project – Entrepreneurship in Practice or Innovation in Practice (with optional work placement).

Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

MSc Innovation Management & Entrepreneurship

The course

75

See also: MSc International Management (71)

Optional units (choose two from the following): Venture Capital & Growth Finance; Managing Innovation, Creativity & Design; Selling, Relationships & Customer Service; The Entrepreneurial Mind.

Focus on your future Previous graduates from our management degrees are working in a range of fields, including human resources, buying, management, communications, academic, software development and finance.

What they say

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msimef

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

“Whether you want to change subject or career direction, the MSc IME gives you the skills that you need to grow or transform businesses through new products, processes or business models.”

Dr Donald Nordberg, The Business School

76

Business & Management

MSc Retail Management & Marketing MSc Retail Management & Marketing

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Tourism, Talbot Campus Duration: 12-15 months. (2 years with work placement). Part-time option available Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September, January Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: Distribution, Marketing, Business, Economics, Retail, Management If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

The course Retail is one of the largest sectors in the world economy. Large multi-national companies and smaller independent businesses are constantly evolving to attract customer spending and loyalty. In developed markets, the retail industry accounts for over 10% of total employment, and in every market around the world the industry is dynamic, challenging, and provides a wealth of diverse and challenging career opportunities.

International retailing is an established element within the global and local marketplace, and the largest retailers within developed markets are increasingly international in their operations. This course deals with the theoretical and practical development and application of key management and marketing aspects of retailing, and will help you to understand classic and topical issues in the contemporary retail environment.

You will learn from industry-experienced and research-active staff who have published ground-breaking research on retail management and marketing topics, as well as the opportunity to interact with a range of industry guest speakers. You will develop critical thinking and analytical skills related to retail operations in the local and international retail environment considering retail development and understanding the academic debate surrounding various retail activities. The units covered in this course are all specifically tailored to the retail industry to give you an added advantage when seeking employment.

Course content Business Strategy & Finance; Managing Organisations; Retail Marketing & Consumer Behaviour; Retail Business Development; Retail Principles & Practice; one optional unit (see website for details); Dissertation.

Focus on your future There is a real demand for highly skilled retail managers or marketers, and a Master’s degree is increasingly seen as the entry qualification to many high-profile roles. We have been offering courses in this subject since 1989, so have a well-established reputation for excellence and large alumni network providing unrivalled contacts and opportunities throughout the industry. Job roles can be varied, ranging from storebased management roles to head office-based roles in operations management, merchandise management, buying, supply chain management, marketing, finance, personnel and more.

What they say Link to research themes

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

“The course was exactly designed and tailored to the dynamics of the contemporary retailing environment. It’s led by academics who have worked in industry, making the experience invaluable and inspirational.”

Murat Satilmis, Telecom Product Manager, Media-Saturn, Istanbul www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msrmmf

Business & Management

77

MSc Sport Management The growth of the sport industry has prompted the need for a more professional and commercial orientation to the management of sport.

The MSc Sport Management responds to this market demand by providing a critical and applied examination of research and practice essential to the development of future sport managers.

You will develop a higher level understanding of management principles and their application to the sport industry. This course enables you to advance your knowledge of the processes by which sport has become a global phenomenon within the wider service and entertainment industry, the subsequent tensions that have emerged, and the implications for the future development and management of sport.

Whether you have a background in sport study/industry or not, we ensure you are well-prepared for a career in sport management and further assist you in developing your employability. This includes engagement with industry professionals through guest lecturers from local, national and international sports practitioners; access to industry partners for your own networking; producing a dissertation in cooperation with industry partners; access to collaborative events hosted at BU; field trips to sport and leisure organisations across the South of England and opportunities for study exchanges at one of our renown international partner universities.

As part of this course, you will also have the opportunity to undertake a paid work placement. Running for a minimum of 30-weeks, this will give you the chance to apply what you have learnt in practice, and coupled with our reputation for excellence, will help you graduate as exactly the kind of experienced, knowledgeable candidate employers are looking for.

Course content Business Strategy & Finance; Managing Organisations; Sport Principles & Practice; Consuming Sport; Facility Planning & Design; one optional unit (see website for details); Dissertation.

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Tourism, Talbot Campus Duration: 12-15 months. (2 years with work placement). Part-time option available Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September, January

MSc Sport Management

The course

Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: All subjects considered If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

Focus on your future This course is ideal for those wanting to pursue a career in sport development, sport facility management, sports marketing or sport event management.

What they say

Leisure, Recreation & Tourism Health, Wellbeing & Society

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msspmf

Link to research themes

“The content of the MSc Sport Management has been carefully designed to provide postgraduate education in line with sport industry demands.”

Dr Tim Breitbarth, Course Leader

78

Course Listing Communications MA Adaptation MA Literary Media MA Media & Communication

80 81 83

Communications Communication is changing and our postgraduate degrees are changing with it.

Our courses combine the traditional academic study you would expect from a degree in English or communication with professional skills to equip you for a career in the cultural industries. We also have a number of writers in residence who will help you hone your own creative writing techniques.

Whether you are seeking to enter a career in writing for the media directly after graduating, or are planning to use your Master’s degree as a bridge to further study at doctoral level, you will be taught by a combination of academic researchers and practising media industry professionals.

Our innovative style departs from traditional approaches to literary study. Instead, we organise our courses around a number of contemporary themes and topics. Our degrees also provide opportunities to analyse narratives existing in a range of different media such as film, television, drama and the internet, rather than being confined solely to the printed page. In other words, as well as departing from conventional historical approaches to the study of literature, our approach also deprivileges the idea of the literary text and considers it alongside the kinds of narrative that exist in other media. This gives our courses a distinctive contemporary flavour and equips graduates with the skills necessary for a future career in the cultural industries.

Our staff are recognised leaders in their fields at both a national and international level. They use a range of practical assessment techniques, giving you the chance to develop your theoretical skills through academic study and then go on and apply those skills in a range of practical situations. This combination of theoretical knowledge and practical application is vital in ensuring that the contents of our courses are up-to-date and relevant in today’s fast-paced and rapidly changing cultural industries.

Communications

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in communications, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles News about nanotechnology: A longitudinal framing analysis of newspaper reporting on nanotechnology Shelley Thompson Conditions of time and space: A reenactment experiment with the British TV series Doctor Who Andrew Ireland

Emotion-driven interactive storytelling Huiwen Zhao What’s in a word? The discursive construction of creativity Mark Readman

79

80

Communications

MA Adaptation MA Adaptation

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: ÂŁ5,000 Non-EU: ÂŁ12,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above) If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 7.0 (with minimum 6.5 in writing and 6.0 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183 See also: MA Literary Media (81) Short courses for Media Professionals (165) MA Media & Communication (83)

The course Adaptation is a unique opportunity to study this emerging field (which cuts across disciplines such as cultural studies, english, film studies, media and communication) at Master’s level. The course looks at the creative process of moving between different art forms or media and enables you to develop your skills in analysing that process. It combines literary analysis with cultural criticism, creative writing and new media storytelling with a modern and contemporary focus.

By focusing on both the theory and practice of adaptation, the course takes a more dynamic approach to the study of literature and culture than has traditionally been provided at other universities. It departs from period-based approaches and is organised instead around a number of critical themes and topics. These themes also provide opportunities to analyse narratives across a range of different media such as film, television, drama and the internet rather than being confined solely to the printed page and book-to-film adaptations.

While studying, you will develop your skills in cultural criticism, evaluation, analysis and communication. There is also the opportunity to take a more creative route through this course as some units offer the option of being assessed on creative work (accompanied by a piece of reflective writing); and there is the chance to develop an original piece of creative work in place of a final dissertation.

Our members of staff are a combination of academic researchers and practising media industry professionals. Our academic researchers map their areas of expertise onto their teaching and are renowned at both national and international level. Their high level of research specialism is complemented by the high number of industry links we have in the form of published authors, publishers, producers, scriptwriters and journalists. This balance enables us to offer you a special blend of academic rigour and real professional skills.

Course content Contemporary Approaches to Adaptation; Markets and Audiences; Interactive Storytelling; Adapting the Classics; Transgressive Adaptation; Narrating Identities; Major Project or Dissertation.

Focus on your future

Link to research themes

There is a range of careers open to graduates from this degree: scriptwriting, broadcasting, publishing, law, librarianship, information management, print journalism, radio production, the charity sector, corporate communications, and teaching. For many students this course will also provide a route from BA to PhD level study.

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/maaf

Communications

81

MA Literary Media This course enables you to combine the skills of literary analysis developed during an undergraduate degree with a series of new theoretical and methodological approaches to the study of English in a range of different media. It invites you to explore the proposition that literature exists in a number of different forms, from film to print fiction, and from the internet to television. In other words, the course de-privileges the idea of the printed text and considers it alongside the kinds of narrative that exist in other media.

Most Master’s degrees take a traditional, period-based approach to literary study. Literary Media is innovative because it departs from these conventional historical approaches and organises study around a number of important themes and theoretical questions.

For example, it raises conceptual questions about how we define literature and culture and what ideological issues are raised by doing so. It gives you a chance to consider how a literary canon can be created or contested, and explores what value judgements are made in the process. Notions of censorship, conformity, transgression and innovation are explored alongside a theoretical consideration of the material and institutional contexts in which culture is produced.

Our members of staff boast leading national and international scholars in the fields of modern and contemporary literature, media studies, cultural studies and new media writing. In addition, The Media School has a number of practising media professionals whose experience of working within the media industries complements the academic expertise of our researchers. This combination of academic rigour with professional practice is ideally suited to helping you develop transferable skills during your Master’s degree.

Course content Cultures and Materialities; Markets and Audiences; Interactive Storytelling; Narrating Identities; Mediating the Nation; Literature and Controversy; Major Project or Dissertation.

Focus on your future There is a range of careers open to graduates from this degree: scriptwriting, broadcasting, publishing, law, librarianship, information management, print journalism, radio production, the charity sector, corporate communications, and teaching. In addition, for many students this course will provide the academic grounding and research skills necessary to go on and undertake further study at PhD level.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,000 Non-EU: £12,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above) If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 7.0 (with minimum 6.5 in writing and 6.0 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183 See also: MA Adaptation (80) Short courses for Media Professionals (165) MA Media & Communication (83)

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/malmf

MA Literary Media

The course

82

“This flexible course will provide you with the critical thinking skills you need for a future in the creative industries.�

Dr Karen Fowler-Watt, Associate Dean, Journalism and Communication

Communications

83

MA Media & Communication This flexible course gives you the chance to study communication and media theory at an advanced level. It will provide you with a highly employable set of skills, together with the ability to engage with communication and media theories and display critical understanding and analysis.

You can tailor this course to suit your needs, with the option of a start date in September or January, and three exit points from the course, each leading to a different qualification: Postgraduate Certificate, Postgraduate Diploma or Master’s degree. This course also offers a two semester professional placement within the communications or media sector, designed to enhance your employability after graduation.

You will be offered a range of course unit options, giving you the opportunity to focus on subjects that are of interest and relevance to you. This course is underpinned by our practice-led research expertise, which allows you to develop your capability to engage with research and communicate your ideas in a variety of media, including text, video and audio. You will also receive an iPad, free of charge, for the duration of your course, to aid your learning and study.

Course content Core units: Communication Theory; Media in Transition; Research Methods in Media and Communication; Communicating Ideas; Exhibition; Master’s Projects.

Optional units: two optional media or communication focused units.

Focus on your future Equipped with a grounding in media and communication theory, critical thinking and with the experience of a professional placement, graduates will find they have a wide variety of career options. Our students typically pursue a career in the media industries, such as public relations, communications, advertising, marketing and news media.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 12-18 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September and January Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,500 Non-EU: £12,500 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above) Relevant subjects: Mass Communication, Media, Communication, Business Studies, Social Sciences If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.5 in writing and 6.0 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183 See also: MA Adaptation (80) Short courses for Media Professionals (165)

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mamf

MA Media & Communication

The course

84

Course Listing Computing MSc Applied Data Analytics 88 MSc Cyber Security & Human Factors 89 MSc Enterprise Information Systems 86 MSc Information Technology 87

Computing Our long-established computing courses are well-recognised within the industry for producing graduates with the skills employers need.

We have offered technology and computing courses for over 20 years, but we are not satisfied with longevity as a measure of our credibility. We believe that by investing in our technical facilities and attracting leading academics we can deliver cutting-edge, industry-recognised courses. As well as gaining specialist knowledge while studying with us, you will gain transferable skills that can boost your employability.

Research is at the heart of our academic infrastructure. Your learning experience will be enhanced by our understanding of best practice in commercial computing and the rigorous methods that we adopt to emphasise value and differential competitive advantage. We understand that technological environments rapidly evolve; the work of our active research centres is geared to progressive technologies, which helps keep our degrees at the forefront of theory and practice.

Our research in the area of software systems has a number of focuses, including requirements engineering, software modelling (particularly model-driven development), global software development, networking and data mining.

The acquisition, storage and security of big data presents enterprise, industry and governments with ongoing data analysis and security management challenges, as it grows on an exponential scale.

Our research into these issues helps industry understand and implement state-of-the-art solutions. This knowledge underpins our newest courses, so that our graduates are entering today’s global environments with the skills and expertise to meet the needs of employers.

We work closely with regional partners through knowledge transfer partnerships and participate in EU funded research which has national and international impact.

Computing

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in computing, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Investigation of a wireless network of a multi-channel FES system and sensors Choukri Mecheraoui

Physically inspired methods and development of data-driven predictive systems Marcin Budka

Enabling collaborative modelling for a multi-site model-driven software development approach for electronic control units Frank Grimm

Data mining and database systems: Integrating conceptual clustering with a relational database management system Konstantina Lepinioto

Machine learning for network-based intrusion detection. An investigation into discrepancies in findings with the KDD Cup ‘99 data set and multi-objective evolution of neural network classifier ensembles for imbalanced data Vegard Engen

The derivation of a pragmatic requirements framework for web development Sheridan Paula Jeary Placement and routing for reconfigurable systems Stepien Piotr

85

86

Computing

MSc Enterprise Information Systems MSc Enterprise Information Systems

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time (2 years with optional work placement), 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience. Development experience required Relevant subjects: Computing If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

The course This course will equip you with the advanced principles and technical skills needed to be effective as an analyst, designer, developer and manager of effective, state-of-the-art, enterprise level software systems. It is ideal for computing/IT and science or engineering graduates of good standing, as well as being suitable for experienced software systems engineering professionals looking to update or expand their knowledge into large-scale, complex software systems engineering.

The course combines advanced theory that is learned in lectures combined with seminars that link both existing and newly learned knowledge into the ability to put them into practice. Topics range from enterprise information systems through to web systems, mobile & pervasive technology and business intelligence complemented with research methods, innovation and entrepreneurial topics.

Course content Enterprise Information Systems; Business Intelligence; Mobile, Wireless & Pervasive Technology; Web Systems; Process Oriented Requirements Engineering; Research Methods & Professional Issues; Individual Master’s Project; Optional one-year placement in commerce/industry.

Focus on your future The optional placement that is available as part of this course gives you invaluable first-hand industry experience. It can help you to make informed decisions about your career path, as well as enhancing your employment prospects.

What they say “This course exposes students to very advanced research that is state-of-the-art in enterprise information systems, as well as appealing to practitioners in the profession.”

Dr Reza Sahandi, Associate Dean, Faculty of Science & Technology

See also: MSc Information Technology (87) MSc Applied Data Analytics (88)

Link to research themes

Technology & Design Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mseisf

Computing

87

MSc Information Technology This course is typically suited to those with some experience of IT, but with a first degree in a non-computing discipline. It provides graduates with the IT qualifications needed to make computing a part of their profession.

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus

As a graduate of MSc Information Technology, you will understand IT from a business perspective, and be able to implement IT solutions to real-world problems. You will build and evaluate user interfaces with appropriate usability design and evaluation methods.

Duration: 1 year full-time (2 years with optional 12 month work placement), 2-5 years part-time

The course focuses on innovative IT design solutions that solve business problems. You will learn about business analysis and modelling, as well as the extent to which enterprise modelling informs the construction of system software, including specifications and designs. You will learn business-oriented approaches to computing, such as database programming and web systems development. You learn how business and users drive the design of computing solutions, and how those solutions in turn bring the business competitive advantage. An optional 12-month work placement is available where you have the opportunity to put your newly acquired skills into practice in a real-life environment.

Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time

Course content

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above)

Database Design & Development; IT Management; Usability Engineering; Process Oriented Requirements Engineering; Web Systems; Research Methods & Professional Issues; Individual Master’s Project; Optional one-year placement.

Focus on your future The majority of our graduates find employment within a few months after finishing the course, with many going on to work alongside IT professionals for major brands like IBM, Research-in-Motion, or small/medium sized businesses and family concerns.

What they say “The students appreciate the emphasis the course places on the development of business systems and the balance this gives to the study of development technologies.”

Professor Keith Phalp, Associate Dean - Head of Department of Computing and Informatics, Faculty of Science & Technology

Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details

Relevant subjects: Scientific or numerate subject If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Enterprise Information Systems (86) MSc Applied Data Analytics (88)

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science

Link to research themes

Technology & Design

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msitf

MSc Information Technology

The course

88

Computing

MSc Applied Data Analytics MSc Applied Data Analytics

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time (2 years with optional work placement), 2-5 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: Computing, Technology, Maths, Physics, Engineering, Information Technology If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Enterprise Information Systems (86) MSc Information Technology (87)

Link to research themes

Technology & Design Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science

The course It has never been easier for organisations and businesses to generate or acquire data about their customers, rivals, industry sector and staff, and the amount gathered is growing at an unprecedented rate.

The challenge that they now face is no longer how to acquire data, but how to use it effectively and efficiently, which is the focus of this course.

Website tracking, loyalty programmes, industrial process monitoring, medical records etc. are cheap and easy ways to gather data, but graduates from this course will know how to use it to its full potential, extracting the kind of knowledge and information that can give future employers a competitive edge through optimised resources and business practices.

You will learn through a mix of hands-on content and lectures from experts in the field, and will benefit further from a collaboration with the SAS Institute, providing leading business analytics software and services since 1976. This partnership means that you will not only excel in solving complex data science-related challenges, but will also have a working knowledge of the latest tools, including SAS products. Even better, you’ll have the unique opportunity to prepare for SAS certification thanks to the topics covered as part of this degree, another way in which this qualification can open doors for your career.

Course content Mandatory units: Data Mining & Analytic Technologies; Advanced Data Management; SAS Programming; Research Methods & Professional Issues; Individual Master’s Project.

Optional units (choose two from the following): Business Intelligence; Analytics for Data Streams; Web Mining & Analytics; Big Data & Cloud Computing.

Focus on your future The optional industry placement will greatly enhance your career prospects.

This course provides an excellent opportunity to enter the dynamic and expanding area of predictive analytics and data science, making you an attractive and valuable asset to employers. The cross-disciplinary nature of the course will prepare you for work in roles such as data scientist, data analyst, business intelligence professional, data manager or intelligent data analysis researcher.

Our taught units are informed by our research, and we currently conduct that research in partnership with a number of companies including British Telecommunications (BT), Lufthansa Systems, Evonik Industries, Screwfix Direct and the NHS. As a student, you will have the opportunity to be involved in research projects as part of your studies.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msadaf

Computing

89

MSc Cyber Security & Human Factors The security of data has never been more imperative than now.

Businesses which store any sensitive information online need to be extremely cautious. Specialists in security play an important role in protecting personal and business data, as well as minimising any related risks.

The MSc Cyber Security & Human Factors will provide you with the ability to assess risk, prevent and manage incidents. You will gain an understanding of the psychology of cyber security by investigating threat, vulnerabilities and impact risk; the contagion of fear, uncertainty and doubt; managing human factors in security; trust management and information assurance.

Course content Cyber Security; Human Factors; Information Assurance; Cyber Psychology; Research Methods & Professional Issues; Individual Master’s Project.

Optional units (choose one from the following): Security Event & Incident Management; Security by Design; Enterprise Digital Forensics.

Focus on your future This course will prepare you for employment and enhance your career prospects in sectors such as government, policing, telecommunications, retail, critical national infrastructure, banking & finance, transportation, digital media and information services.

What they say “We live in two worlds, real and virtual; the insider is the biggest physical security threat to any enterprise as they have the necessary access rights, privileges and passwords.

In cyberspace it is no different, except for the scale and speed of transactions. This innovative MSc is designed to bridge the human-computer interface, examining the assurance, psychology, security and technology of our complex sociotechnical systems and we do this as a part-time, block delivery with plenty of time to reflect, read and evaluate the lessons learnt and create new insights to cyber security.”

Dr Christopher Richardson, Course Co-ordinator

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 18-36 months Delivery methods: Part-time Start date: September, January Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,950 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above) Relevant subjects: Any Science subject e.g. Maths, Computing, Technology, Psychology or similar If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Enterprise Information Systems (86) MSc Applied Data Analytics (88)

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science

Link to research themes

Technology & Design

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mscshf

MSc Cyber Security & Human Factors

The course

90

Course Listing Conservation Ecology & Environmental Sciences MSc Biodiversity Conservation MSc Green Economy

92 93

Conservation Ecology & Environmental Sciences Our fantastic location, combined with our reputation for excellence in this field, makes BU the ideal place to study.

Our academics are a multi-disciplinary research team including geographers and ecologists and environmental scientists. We have specialist interests including the ecology of plants, animals, microorganisms and parasites, in terrestrial, freshwater and marine environments, as well as cross-cutting research in ecosystem services and sustainability. Our research supports policy development and implementation, and we have strong links with conservation practitioners and policy makers locally, regionally and internationally.

Our courses have a socio-political dimension as well as a scientific base to allow our graduates to make a difference in environmental management.

Our courses are supported by a comprehensive range of technical and scientific facilities, including dedicated research and high specification analytical laboratories, survey and geophysical equipment, GIS and spatial information suite, a

cartographic studio and a dedicated postgraduate student computer laboratory. Field-based teaching capitalises on our location within a biodiversity hotspot.

Our academics have a wide network of links at local and international level providing placement opportunities and employment leads with organisations including the IUCN, UNEP, UNESCO, FAO, WWF and Conservation International.

Our alumni have moved on to a variety of specialised and rewarding careers with a range of organisations active in environmental conservation, such as Birdlife International, Natural England and the Wildlife Trusts.

Conservation Ecology & Environmental Sciences

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in conservation ecology or environmental sciences, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Factors affecting the growth and recruitment of cyprinid populations of the river Wensum, eastern England, with special reference to roach Helen Beardsley Habitat modelling and the ecology of the Marsh Tit (Poecile palustris) Richard Broughton Prediction of ecological impacts on temperate freshwater ecosystems arising from climate change and nonnative species introductions Katja Sievers

Validation and application of the MERIS terrestrial Chlorophyll index Samuel Almond Archaeological geophysical prospection in peatland environments Kayt Armstrong Impacts of environmental change on ecological communities Sally Keith The foraging behaviour of granivorous Birds: A Mechanistic Perspective David Baker

Behavioural causes and ecological consequences of size dimorphism in apex predators Marina Nyquvist

A critical evaluation of the application of marine citizenship in sustainable marine management in the UK Emma McKinley

Swan-plant interactions in a chalk river catchment Kevin Wood

Community participation in local decision-making in protected areas: The case of the New Forest National Park, Hampshire, England Denise Hewlett

An investigation into the successful establishment of a hay meadow community on a clay-capped landfill Lindsay Carrington

The interaction of Sika deer (Cervus nippon Temminck 1838) with lowland heath mosaics Antonio Uzal Fernandez

91

92

Conservation Ecology & Environmental Sciences

MSc Biodiversity Conservation MSc Biodiversity Conservation

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £13,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), in a relevant subject area or equivalent professional experience Relevant subjects: Biology, Ecology, Environmental Sciences, Earth and Geographical Sciences If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Green Economy (93) MSc Applied Sciences by Research (60)

The course We are living in the midst of a global biodiversity crisis, making the conservation of biodiversity one of the major challenges facing humanity. This means there is a growing need for skilled professionals in biodiversity conservation and environmental management.

Those professionals need to possess a wide range of skills including biodiversity assessment, site survey, site management, environmental monitoring, spatial information systems and IT, as well as knowledge of the relevant ecological principles and regulatory frameworks. They must also be able to communicate effectively at all levels with a variety of groups, from government agencies and professional bodies to local interest groups and members of the public.

This course is designed to equip both recent graduates and experienced practitioners with these vital skills. Our teaching staff are specialists in biodiversity conservation. They research conservation issues, both nationally and internationally in a wide range of terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.

We are in an excellent location for learning about environmental conservation and management. Situated on the Dorset coast, now a UNESCO World Heritage Site, we are within easy reach of outstanding environments of global importance for conservation including the Wessex Downs, the Dorset Heaths, Poole Harbour and the New Forest. Dorset is one of the most diverse counties in Britain for many groups of organisms, including plants, reptiles, insects and birds, and provides excellent opportunities for field-based learning.

Course content Core units: Research Project; Field Ecology Skills; Frontiers in Biodiversity Science; Nature Conservation Management.

Option units (choose three of the following): Geographical Information Systems; Quantitative Ecology; Past Environmental Change; Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services; Career Development in Biodiversity & Conservation.

Focus on your future This course will prepare you for a career in both the commercial and statutory environmental sector. Its strong emphasis on core skills in environmental practice will give you a real edge when it comes to finding employment. After completing the course, you will not only have expertise in the subject, but you will also have the ability to apply that knowledge to the profession.

What they say Link to research themes

Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy Technology & Design

“BU is an excellent location to study biodiversity. There are world-class habitats nearby, as well as opportunities to capitalise on the overseas collaborations. We look forward to welcoming you to the course.”

Kathy Hodder, Course Co-ordinator www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msbiocf

Conservation Ecology & Environmental Sciences

93

MSc Green Economy The development of a green economy, or an economy that is environmentally sustainable, has become a political and socioeconomic imperative. Key drivers include the need to reduce carbon emissions, overexploitation of resources and widespread environmental degradation. The future of society depends on increasing the sustainability of its activities, and making the transition to a green economy.

However, this represents a substantial challenge, particularly in the current era of rapid environmental and socio-economic change. This course seeks to provide the scientific understanding on which the transition to a green economy can be based, including the principles of environmental sustainability and the societal responses required to implement these in practice.

In keeping with the ethos of the course, it is delivered via distance learning to minimise its environmental impact. You can study this course from anywhere in the world, supported by a high-quality virtual learning environment and through electronic communication with staff and researchers at BU. You will also interact with other students as members of a virtual learning community.

Course content Core units: Frontiers of Sustainability Science; Biodiversity & Ecosystem Services; Carbon Management; Green Technology & Renewable Energy; Sustainable Development in Practice; Environment Law & Social Justice.

Option units (choose one of the following): Research Project; Extended Professional Placement. .

Focus on your future Graduates from this course will be well placed to secure employment in a variety of organisations. The fundamentals of the green economy are relevant to all potential employers, and many organisations need to improve the sustainability of their operations (for example, by reducing carbon emissions, increasing energy efficiency, reducing their ecological footprint, or obtaining materials from sustainable sources). In addition, there are an increasing number of organisations and businesses that explicitly focus on the green economy, including producers of renewable energy, carbon management advisors, green technologists, environmental impact assessors and ecotourism operators.

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time, Distance learning

MSc Green Economy

The course

Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,000 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), in a relevant subject area or equivalent professional experience Relevant subjects: Geography, Ecology, Environmental Science, Economics, Psychology, Sociology If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Biodiversity Conservation (92) MSc Applied Sciences by Research (60)

What they say

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msgep

Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy Technology & Design

Link to research themes

“We believe that this unique course will help graduates make a real difference in the world, by helping them to identify how the environmental, local and economic challenges currently facing society might be addressed.”

Professor Adrian Newton, Course Co-ordinator

94

Course Listing Corporate & Marketing Communications MA Advertising 96 MA Corporate Communication 99 MA International Political Communication 97

Corporate & Marketing Communications In the vibrant world of advertising, marketing and PR the challenge is to keep ahead of the ever-changing demands of the consumer.

It is crucial that marketing practitioners stay at the forefront of innovation and change, as marketing is a vital and inherent function in all business activity.

Our courses will provide you with the knowledge and expertise to develop an exciting and rewarding career in marketing, and our new Master’s degree in Corporate Communications is also recognised by the Chartered Institute of Public Relations (CIPR).

Our practical approach to developing professional expertise is delivered through an extensive range of specialist learning facilities, real-life consultancy projects and placement opportunities. Our courses have strong links with industry and guest lectures and master classes help reinforce the teaching, as well as enhancing employment opportunities through the industry connections that students are able to make. We offer our students access to a wide range of professional facilities and resources that are standard within the industry.

Whether you want to start an entirely new career or build on your existing skills to accelerate your chosen career path, you will be studying with and taught by academics who are leaders in their fields and who are constantly updating their knowledge through research projects of global impact.

This research is often crucial to developing new policies and approaches for both commercial and non-commercial organisations. Research findings inform course content, ensuring that our course curricula are up to date and relevant to today’s global businesses.

Corporate & Marketing Communications

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in corporate or marketing communications, then we’d be very interested in talking to you.

We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our worldleading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles A qualitative inquiry into the relationship marketing practices of UK insurance brokers Haomin Simon Ning

Consumption in the everyday imagination: How consumer culture gives shape to everyday thinking Rebecca Jenkins

To what extent does self-image affect brand preference when shopping for fast-moving consumer goods?

Joanna Tocock

Internal marketing: An exploratory study of the internal marketing implementation in small insurance brokers in the UK Nada Ali

Public television and social change: An analysis of Ghana Television’s role Albert Tayman

95

96

Corporate & Marketing Communications

MA Advertising MA Advertising

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £14,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). Comparable qualifications such as the CIM Postgraduate Diploma or CIM Professional Diploma will also be considered.

Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.5 in writing and 6.0 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183 See also: MA Multimedia Journalism (142) Short courses for Media Professionals (165)

The course This course is equally suited to recent graduates from an advertising-related degree or experienced communications professionals looking to further their career, this postgraduate course provides the knowledge and skills needed to become an advertising specialist.

We have an excellent reputation within the industry, built on many years of running advertising degrees, and this MA benefits from strong industry connections, as well as being endorsed by the IPA, D&AD, EACM and IDDM. Upon graduation, you will have a clear appreciation of the strategic dimensions of advertising and the management of creativity, with a global perspective and the tools to move into the future of this exciting and challenging industry. You will also possess the skills and knowledge to be able to develop valuable insights using a range of advertising research and evaluation techniques. The course offers a balance of theory and practice, with approaches to equip you with the tools to think creatively.

Our commitment to providing an outstanding balance of theoretical understanding and the skills needed to succeed in the marketplace is demonstrated with a London-based ‘advertising boot camp’ assignment. It will see you working in a full service agency on a live brief for real clients, putting your knowledge and skills to the test. You will also have the chance to specialise in either Creative Direction or in Advertising Management, and your final project can be an Academic Paper or a Consultancy Project, giving you control over how your professional development progresses.

Course content Core units: Advertising Strategy & Planning; Research Imagination; Applied Creativity; Consumer Culture Insights; Digital Insights; Advertising Boot Camp (based in London or Bournemouth); Professional Project or Academic Paper.

Optional units: Creative Direction; Advertising Management.

Focus on your future This course will prepare you for a career in a number of different roles. You may decide that working in an agency in an account management, planning or digital role might be the environment for you.

Link to research themes

Previous graduates have found roles working in the communication departments of companies such as LinkedIn, IKEA, Amazon and Bauer Media. You will also be equipped with the necessary skills to embrace entrepreneurial opportunities as well as the foundation to take your studies forward into doctorial research.

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/maavf

Corporate & Marketing Communications

97

MA International Political Communication This course is designed to provide an advanced understanding of the issues and debates surrounding political communication in the twenty first century. You will acquire the skills essential for a career in political communication, journalism and related areas, such as critical and analytical thinking and an understanding of the issues shaping today’s global political landscape.

The units are conceptually led, combining discussions of theory with an exploration of current and best practice in society. All units will offer an international perspective and provide insights into the latest developments in political communication research and practice and the impact of recent technological innovations.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September

Our academic team have wide ranging expertise, grounded in years of research within fields such as political psychology, voter behaviour, international relations and political campaigning.

The team have cultivated links with research institutions and universities across the globe, from Massachusetts and Prague to Bogota and Auckland. The team also enjoy extensive connections with a range of political organisations, including the UK House of Lords, the European Parliament, the Thai Chamber of Commerce, and local, national and international pressure groups, charities and communication consultancies.

Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £6,000 Non-EU: £12,000

Course content

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.5 in writing and 6.0 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183

Core units: Social Theory and Political Communication; Political Psychology and Sociology; Political Journalism; Political Marketing and Campaigning; Diplomacy and International Relations; Research Imagination; Dissertation.

Focus on your future Our graduates will seek to work as political strategists, campaign consultants, communication advisors, speech writers, senior political editors or specialist correspondents. This course will equip you with a set of academically and professionally relevant transferable skills, as well as the critical and analytical skills needed to pursue these careers at a range of levels.

Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above)

MA International Political Communication

The course

See also: MA Multimedia Journalism (142) MA Journalism Studies (143)

What they say

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/maipcf

Link to research themes

“This MA course is unique. It is the only programme to not only analyse political campaigning and journalism, but also provide an understanding of diplomacy and how the media and political leaders presents nations to one another. The course is designed to produce rounded political communication experts that can pursue any career in the field.”

Dr Darren G. Lilleker, Associate Professor in Political Communication

98

“MA Corporate Communication is a cutting-edge course that will prepare students with the necessary critical knowledge and skills in the management of strategy and creativity to make a valuable contribution to their chosen profession.�

Dr Anastasios Theofilou, Senior Lecturer in Corporate Communication

Corporate & Marketing Communications

99

MA Corporate Communication Corporate Communication is an all-encompassing term referring to businesses, government bodies and not-for-profit organisations (NGOs), and is increasingly replacing the terms public relations and public affairs in the communication industry.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus

This postgraduate course is equally suited to recent graduates from a communications related degree with at least one year of work experience or experienced communications professionals looking to further their career. This course provides the knowledge and skills needed to become a communication specialist.

Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time

The Media School has extensive experience in the research and teaching of corporate communication and public relations, having been one of the first UK universities to launch undergraduate studies in PR in the late 1980s. This course draws on the expertise of academics who are engaged in leading-edge research and consultancy work, and you will benefit from studying in a department with an excellent reputation within the industry, as well as strong links with both the Chartered Institute of Public Relations (CIPR) and the Public Relations Consultants Association (PRCA).

Start date: September

This course offers you the opportunity to specialise in a variety of areas of communication management, whilst developing insights into the latest techniques used in communication research, planning and evaluation. A professional ‘Boot Camp’, with the collaboration of public relations and communication agencies and relevant professional associations, will offer you the opportunity to be embedded within agencies or in-house communication departments for up to two weeks, typically in London. By the end of the challenge, you will be able to draw on real-world experience and will be able to start to develop your professional career, capitalise on networking opportunities and evaluating and planning your own career trajectories.

Course content Analysis and Decision Making in Communication Management; Research Imagination; Strategic Corporate Communication; Crisis Management; Digital Insights; Integrated Campaign Planning; Professional Boot Camp; Final Project.

Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time

Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £12,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details

MA Corporate Communication

The course

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above) If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.5 in writing and 6.0 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183 See also: MA Multimedia Journalism (142) MA Journalism Studies (143) Short courses for Media Professionals (165)

Focus on your future

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/maccof

Link to research themes

This course can lead you to many opportunities in any number of roles within agencies or in-house within businesses or notfor-profit organisations. Graduates may find roles working in the communication departments of companies and organisations such as Porsche, Weber Shandwick, and local government. Alternatively, you may choose to pursue a PhD in the discipline of communication and public relations.

100

Course Listing Design & Engineering MSc Engineering Project Management 102 MA Industrial Design 105 MSc Mechanical Engineering Design 103 MSc Product Design 104

Design & Engineering As one of the first institutions to offer design courses in the UK, Design & Engineering at BU is well established, with research-active staff and state-of-the-art facilities available to help you realise your potential.

Studying a postgraduate-level design course with us can enhance your career prospects and improve your performance at work. Our courses are tailored to meet industry requirements and to enhance the skills and career prospects of practising engineers and designers. We attract students from across the world and this provides for an international student experience that has been commended by external commentators.

Your experience of studying with us will be enhanced and informed by our research in design, which gives an in-depth understanding of the influences that the changing technological environment and sustainability agenda have on design practices. Underpinned by research in the areas of sustainable design and design simulation, our courses will equip you to deal not only with today’s design issues, but also those of the future.

Whilst the duration of the full-time course is normally one year, you have the opportunity to undertake an industrial placement following successful completion of the taught units. Block delivery of taught units gives you the flexibility to work and study at the same time.

As well as achieving success with commercial projects, the work of our academics is recognised and rewarded by external bodies.

Design & Engineering

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in design or engineering, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Virtual Reality-based upper extremity stroke rehabilitation system Prashant Prashun

Wireless remote patient monitoring on general hospital wards Yuanlong Liu

Embedding requirements within the model driven architecture Ali Fouad

Surface response of ceramics subject to erosive wear Gonzalo Garcia Atance-Fajto

Tribological assessment of oil condition sensors for marine launching equipment Angel Torres Perez

Rolling contact fatigue of silicon nitride Wei Wang

Sustainable design and durability of domestic micro combined heat and power scroll expander systems Iakovos Tzanakis

101

102

Design & Engineering

MSc Engineering Project Management MSc Engineering Project Management

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time (2 years with optional work placement), 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), typically in product design or engineering discipline. Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MA Industrial Design (105) MSc Mechanical Engineering Design (103)

The course In recent years there have been significant developments in the philosophies, methods and tools for planning and executing projects.

These developments are particularly important to industries engaged in developing new products, systems or capabilities.

The course is designed to provide industry with graduates who understand and can employ modern engineering management and technical tools, and are able to spearhead and manage the development of new products and engineering projects. If you are a graduate who is involved in the engineering design and manufacturing sectors, the course will be of particular relevance.

Over the years, the course has proven to be popular with those aspiring to positions in project management. You can attend on a part-time or full-time basis. You will acquire a broad spectrum of skills and knowledge, including an understanding of project management methods and applications, and will be able to employ them in the planning and execution of engineering projects.

You will also be fully aware of a range of modern engineering design methods and tools available and learn to employ those appropriate to the needs of your chosen industry. An optional 12-month practical placement is available, giving you the opportunity to put your newly acquired skills into practice in a real-life environment. Throughout this course units are taught intensively, usually over 4.5 days, with assessment normally taking place 5-6 weeks after the delivery of the unit.

Course content Project Management; Technology Transfer; Design Management; Competitive Product Development; Business Innovation & Enterprise; Research Methods; Individual Master’s Project.

Focus on your future Project managers are in demand in a wide variety of companies all over the world. This can include a number of settings, working with all kinds of projects. The course will enable you to work effectively with a small group of customers, as well as major, established brands.

What they say

Link to research themes

“The course aims to develop evaluation of alternative approaches to situations or issues that occur when managing a project. Additionally, the vital (often overlooked) people management issues are addressed.”

Dr Tania Humphries-Smith, Associate Dean, Faculty of Science & Technology

Technology & Design Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msepmf

Design & Engineering

103

MSc Mechanical Engineering Design If you want to become a Chartered Engineer (CEng) then this course is an ideal place to start. Master’s degrees, accredited by a professional institution such as the Institution of Engineering Designers, are a pre-requisite for most chartered engineers. The course will help you to develop a comprehensive knowledge and understanding of a wide range of materials, manufacturing processes and their limitations.

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Accreditation: Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

You will apply mathematical and computer based models for solving problems in engineering design, while the research you will undertake as part of your individual Master’s project will give you the chance to explore an area of particular interest to you in greater depth. You will also become fully aware of the enterprise and business-driven aspects of design.

Duration: 1 year full-time (2 years with optional work placement), 2 years part-time

An optional 12-month practical placement is available, giving you the opportunity to put your newly acquired skills into practice in a real-life environment. Throughout this course units are taught intensively, usually over 4.5 days, with assessment normally taking place 5-6 weeks after the delivery of the unit.

Start date: September

In addition to the accredited Master’s you would need an appropriate Incorporated Engineer (IEng) accredited degree to meet the Engineering Council registration requirements for your future application to become a Chartered Engineer. However, those who do not have an accredited degree are welcome onto the course.

Your accreditation status will be confirmed as part of the application process.

Course content Structural Integrity; Materials Failure & Prevention; Design Simulation; Group Project; Business Innovation & Enterprise; Research Methods; Individual Master’s Project; Optional one-year industrial placement.

Focus on your future This course is ideal if you are working, or looking to work, in engineering and/or design industry research and development departments across the world. Our graduates have gone on to work for companies such as Augusta Westland Helicopters and Scuderia Toro Rosso (Formula 1 Team).

What they say

Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). If applying for Chartered Engineer status, you need to have an IEng accredited honours degree or qualifications approved at IEng level, to meet Engineering Council registration requirements for future applications to CEng Relevant subjects: Design, Engineering If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

Technology & Design Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msmedf

Link to research themes

“Institution of Engineering Designers (IED) and CEng accreditation confirms that this is a professional, internationally recognised course that will enhance the graduates’ employability in the design field.”

Dr Philip Sewell, Design Framework Leader, Faculty of Science & Technology

Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time

MSc Mechanical Engineering Design

The course

104

Design & Engineering

MSc Product Design MSc Product Design

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time (2 years with optional work placement), 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above) Relevant subjects: Design If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Engineering Project Management (102) MA Industrial Design (105)

The course This course will equip you with the skills to become a professional product designer, using cutting-edge analysis methods as well as employing business and commercial expertise for use in a competitive environment. You will also be able to spearhead and manage projects appropriate to the design and manufacturing industries.

You will realise design solutions using advanced computer-aided design and analysis tools, be able to design for human interaction through applied ergonomic research and knowledge, and become fully aware of the enterprise and business-driven aspects of new product designs.

You will also manage, document and communicate project plans and results. An optional 12-month practical placement is available, giving you the opportunity to put your newly acquired skills into practice in a real-life environment. Throughout this course units are taught intensively, usually over 4.5 days, with assessment normally taking place 5-6 weeks after the delivery of the unit.

Course content Project Management; Design Interaction; Materials Optimisation for Sustainability; Design Simulation; Business Innovation & Enterprise; Research Methods; Individual Master’s Project, Optional one-year industry placement.

Focus on your future As with all BU courses, this Master’s degree has been developed with the needs of employers and graduates in mind. The course will enable you to begin your career as a product designer with the design, management and business skills that will make a real difference to your employers. You will find that the skills and experience you gain on this course will prepare you for a career in product development in an industrial environment.

What they say “This course is ideal not only for recent graduates but also for those returning to education after several years’ employment.

It provides an ideal opportunity to develop their skills further within the profession of product design.”

Dr Philip Sewell, Design Framework Leader, Faculty of Science & Technology

Link to research themes

Technology & Design Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mspdf

Design & Engineering

105

MA Industrial Design This course will enrich your design experience and focus you to become successful in your creative design future. You may have a background in industrial, product or engineering design or from the field of art and design. You will have aspiration to the intellectual issues in creative design and a desire to explore and develop design philosophies and integrate these into the embodiment of design form.

You will have a passion for creative design that will include interests in: aesthetics and design interaction; design management; design research; commercial design business; global design sustainability; and creative design process and methods. You will be prepared for learning and developing techniques for researching, managing and directing the creative design process and methodology.

An optional 12-month practical placement is available, giving you the opportunity to put your newly acquired skills into practice in a real-life environment. Throughout this course units are taught intensively, usually over 4.5 days, with assessment normally taking place 5-6 weeks after the delivery of the unit.

Course content Design Aesthetics; Design Interaction; Design Management; Business Innovation & Enterprise; Materials Optimisation for Sustainability; Research Methods; Individual Master’s Project, Optional one-year industry placement.

Focus on your future The course prepares you for the creative industries, to become strategic with your visionary approach, capable of formulating inspired, creative designs based upon sound design strategy and research methodology. You will be able to lead the creative design direction with flair and precision, to provide successful designs through discerning analysis and synthesis of human needs and design form. You may come from, or have a wish to enter a broad and diverse range of creative design industries: from graphics and packaging; to product and furniture; to transport and spatial design.

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time (2 years with optional work placement), 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September

MA Industrial Design

The course

Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above) Relevant subjects: Design, Engineering If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Product Design (104)

What they say

Technology & Design Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/maindf

Link to research themes

“This course allows the student to focus on a particular area of design they are interested in. The skills gained from this course will make the student employable in a wide range of industries.”

Dr Philip Sewell, Design & Engineering Framework Leader, Faculty of Science & Technology

106

Course Listing Finance MSc Corporate Governance MSc Finance MSc International Accounting & Finance MSc International Economics & Finance MSc International Finance MSc International Investment & Finance MSc International Risk Management & Finance MSc International Taxation & Finance

108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115

Finance As more and more businesses trade internationally, there is growing demand for individuals with the core competencies and technical skills in finance to enable them to succeed.

Our finance courses are industry focused and the end result is the success of our graduates, who hold key positions in global companies such as KPMG, IBM and Barclays, amongst others.

We have long-standing relationships with professional bodies including JP Morgan, Santander and The Chartered Institute of Securities and Investment.

We bring together researchers and practitioners with overlapping interests in financial reporting, auditing, financial regulation, corporate governance, international and environmental taxation, enterprise risk management, performance measurement, and factors affecting the small and medium-sized enterprise sector.

Our overriding aim is to enhance the employability of our graduates utilising our links with the industry at local, national and international levels.

We offer quality education in both theoretical and practical contexts Our expert analysis and opinion regularly appears in the mainstream media, with our academics contributing to The Guardian, The Independent, Financial Times, BBC Radio and Sky News. Our academics also regularly speak at government conferences and contribute to European Parliament panels.

Finance

Research MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in finance, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Owner-occupied housing taxation: An equity evaluation of UK and US Tax systems Phyllis Alexander Pension accounting: A study of value relevance and the perception of decision usefulness in the UK Dr Alan Kirkpatrick

Perception of petroleum profits tax compliance in Nigeria Babatunde Oremade Service quality of English Islamic banks Najat Abdullrahim Publishing delay and the usefulness of annual reports in Libya Zuhir Dardor

107

108

Finance

MSc Corporate Governance MSc Corporate Governance

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre.

Lansdowne Campus, Guernsey Training Agency Accreditations: Institute of Chartered Secretaries & Administrators (ICSA) Duration: 12-16 months full-time (BU); 24-27 months part-time (Guernsey Training Agency) Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience and any professional qualifications If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in writing and 5.5 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183

The course This course has been developed in close collaboration with the Institute of Chartered Secretaries & Administrators (ICSA) and is fully accredited. It will provide you with a highly specialised set of skills and helps develop the ability to appreciate and influence the factors governing corporate affairs.

It offers qualifying students both an academic award, from BU, and a professional qualification, namely graduate status of the ICSA (GradICSA), subject only to registration with the Institute. This can be achieved in around the same amount of time as it would take to study for the professional examinations alone. With sufficient related work experience, graduates can apply for full membership of the ICSA. The course is concerned with the way organisations manage and regulate themselves to achieve their corporate goals, and you will study finance, law and governance subjects. These will focus on the role each area plays in corporate administration and your studies will be applicable to private, public and not-for-profit organisations.

Professionally qualified accountants may be considered for direct entry onto Stage 2 of the part-time course.

Course content International Accounting & Analysis; Corporate Law: Theory & Practice; Corporate Management & Control; Corporate Stewardship; Corporate Governance & Ethics; International Corporate Finance; Research Project (with optional work placement).

Focus on your future The majority of career opportunities will lie within the company secretarial and finance functions, but the course will also be invaluable to any aspiring senior manager or for those running their own company. The professional registration that graduates will have earned can be a further invaluable tool for helping to further your career.

Previous graduates from our finance courses have gone on to work for companies including Caspian One, Gates Group, LBC Consult, Mainstreet Bank Limited and The Royal Bank of Scotland.

What they say Link to research themes

“Just as I think corporate governance boils down to people, so indeed does this course boil down to people - inspirational teaching and real-world knowledge of the tutors coupled to their obvious enjoyment of the subject.”

David Sass, Graduate, Senior Tax Consultant, KPMG Channel Islands Ltd

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mscggop

Finance

109

MSc Finance This course will give you a clear understanding of the theory and practice relating to finance, as well as the ability to engage in quantitative analysis that is vital in the modern and ever-changing world of financial markets and corporations. You’ll graduate with a highly sought-after blend of knowledge and skills, helping you to enter the job market quickly and at a well-paid level.

You will study core units that will develop your quantitative skills, ability to analyse financial data and understanding of financial instruments, as well as your theoretical understanding of financial economics.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12–16 months Delivery methods: Full-time

The course is highly flexible, allowing you to tailor your learning to suit your needs, with a wide selection of optional units. Our team of highly qualified and experienced lecturers and support staff will work closely with you to ensure that your time with us is intellectually stimulating and structured in the right way to help you pursue the finance career that you want.

Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months)

It is designed for those with a background in finance or a related discipline and are looking to develop their skills to pursue a career in financial analysis, financial management or investment. Our strong international focus means that you will be able to work in a global context, and the optional work placement will enrich your learning with valuable practical experience.

Course content

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience and any professional qualifications

Core units: Financial Markets; Money & Banking; International Accounting & Analysis; Financial Econometrics; Research Project (with optional work placement).

Relevant subjects: Accounting, Finance, Economics

Optional units (choose two from the following): International Direct Taxation; Public Finance & Tax Policy; Global Economic Challenges; Emerging Market Economies; Corporate Governance & Ethics; Enterprise Risk Management; Environmental Reporting; Applied Wealth Management; Portfolio Construction & Theory.

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum of 6.0 in writing and 5.5 in all other components) or equivalent.

See page 183

Focus on your future Our strong reputation for producing graduates with the skills that the industry needs means your degree will instantly have currency with companies in the finance industry. Previous graduates from our finance courses have gone on to work for organisations including Caspian One, Gates Group, LBC Consult, Mainstreet Bank Limited and RBS. They work in roles including financial analyst, financial advisor, finance manager, development expert and risk management associate.

Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500

See also: MSc International Finance (112)

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msff

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

What they say “This course will provide an exceptional learning experience, and will also help develop your skills in terms of critical thinking, analysis and effective communications.”

Dr Dermot McCarthy, The Business School

MSc Finance

The course

110

Finance

MSc International Accounting & Finance MSc International Accounting & Finance

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12–16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months) Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience and any professional qualifications If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc International Economics & Finance (111)

The course This conversion course is ideal for those looking to change subject or career direction, as well as being well suited to business graduates keen to develop their existing skills and knowledge in the field.

This course will give you the skills necessary to gain a high-level position within the international business and finance sector. The understanding of financial data and the ability to analyse it are of vital importance to any business operating in the modern world, making you an attractive proposition to potential employers.

The course is delivered by highly qualified staff and is designed to give you a firm understanding of how firms report their financial data. It will then move on to develop your ability to analyse that data and draw conclusions from it. A contemporary issue for modern international corporations is their ability to accurately reflect environmental issues in their financial reports, an area that this course covers in detail. In doing so, you will graduate with a unique insight not possessed by graduates from other courses, but one that potential employers value highly.

You will also acquire the transferable skills needed for a successful future career in accounting and finance: effective teamwork, objective analysis and effective communication.

Course content International Accounting & Analysis; International Corporate Finance; Economics of Money & Financial Markets; International Direct Taxation; Environmental Reporting; Corporate Governance & Ethics; Research Project (with optional work placement).

Focus on your future Our strong reputation for producing graduates with the skills that the industry needs means your degree will instantly have currency with companies in the finance industry. Previous graduates from our finance courses have gone on to work for organisations including Caspian One, Gates Group, LBC Consult, Mainstreet Bank Limited and RBS. They work in roles including financial analyst, financial advisor, finance manager, development expert and risk management associate.

What they say “We have a strong international focus, developing a truly global perspective to finance and business.”

Dr Dermot McCarthy, The Business School Link to research themes

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msiaff

Finance

111

MSc International Economics & Finance This conversion course is ideal for those looking to change subject or career direction, as well as being well suited to business graduates keen to develop their existing skills and knowledge in the field.

It will help you to develop skills in economics and finance, as well as the ability to apply them in practice. It places the world of economics and finance into a global context, helping you to develop key technical, analytical and decision-making skills.

The global nature of the business environment means that graduates from this course will be at an advantage when it comes to starting their careers thanks to the international outlook of the course and the practical nature of your learning.

The optional work placement available as part of your final research project provides the chance to put your learning into practice while making contacts and gaining experience that can be of huge benefit as you begin your career.

Course content Economics of Money & Financial Markets; International Corporate Finance; International Accounting & Analysis; Global Economic Challenges; Emerging Market Economies; Public Finance & Tax Policy; Research Project (with optional work placement).

Focus on your future

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12–16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months) Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience and any professional qualifications

Our growing reputation in the field of accounting and finance means that you will be highly sought after by potential employees.

Graduates from our finance degrees work in organisations such as JP Morgan, KPMG, IBM and Barclays, and the global perspective that you will gain from studying with us will make you internationally employable.

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

What they say

See also: MSc International Finance (112) MSc International Investment & Finance (113)

“An understanding of the economics and finance environment in which business operates is essential for strategic decisions in any organisation.”

Dr Dermot McCarthy, The Business School

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msieff

Link to research themes

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

MSc International Economics & Finance

The course

112

Finance

MSc International Finance MSc International Finance

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12–16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months) Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience and any professional qualifications If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc International Investment & Finance (113)

The course This conversion course is ideal for those looking to change subject or career direction, as well as being well suited to business graduates keen to develop their existing skills and knowledge in the field. The ability to understand and anticipate financial influences on business is critical for any organisation’s success in our increasingly complex international and multi-cultural world. Opportunities in international business are opening up every day, and graduates with the financial skills and knowledge needed to operate at a global level are in increasing demand.

Successful graduates will develop a thorough understanding of the financial, legal and economic context of international business. In the second stage of the course, you will study the management and minimisation of the worldwide tax liabilities of multi-national groups.

Furthermore, you will analyse the theories of international finance and their relevance to business while learning to evaluate practices of global investment management.

This course will enable you to gain key technical, analytical and decision-making skills, as well as develop the personal skills needed for success in any career: effective team work, objective analysis, and communication.

Course content International Corporate Finance; International Accounting & Analysis; Economics of Money & Financial Markets; International Direct Taxation; Portfolio Construction & Theory; International Investment Management; Research Project (with optional work placement).

Focus on your future With international trade increasing, there is a growing demand for people with certain key skills – particularly in accounting, finance and marketing. The Business School has excellent graduate employment rates, as our graduates are highly marketable. BU is frequently rated among the top universities in the UK for graduate employment by both The Guardian and Financial Times.

What they say

Link to research themes

“This course prepares you for career opportunities in banking, insurance, investment and a wide range of corporate functions. It’s not for the faint-hearted, as it’s mathematically based and requires analytical skills and the ability to get behind the numbers. Careers in finance can pay well, can be fun, involve travel and meeting people and are found in developed, emerging and pre-emerging economies.”

Dr Geoff Willcocks, The Business School

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msiff

Finance

113

MSc International Investment & Finance This conversion course is ideal for those looking to change subject or career direction, as well as being well suited to business graduates keen to develop their existing skills and knowledge in the field. This course will help you to develop the skills necessary to make sound investment decisions in middle and upper management. These skills are in high demand in the global investment market following the recent banking and financial crisis, and the approach now taken to risk.

As a graduate of this course, you will have expertise in securities analysis, portfolio analysis and investment management – all highly desirable skills in the modern investment industry.

Your studies will focus on international banking and investment.

You’ll develop the necessary theoretical background to understand the world of finance and investment, and the practical skills needed to read and analyse financial data, and make informed decisions regarding the risk involved in international investments.

Our strong international focus and reputation means you will be employable globally, and the practical nature of the course will give you the transferrable skills needed for a successful future career in accounting and finance: effective team work, objective analysis and effective communication. In addition, the optional work placement you can undertake as part of the research project will enrich your learning with valuable practical experience that will inform your project as well. The placement can also provide a valuable networking opportunity ahead of embarking on your career.

Course content International Accounting & Analysis; International Corporate Finance; Economics of Money & Financial Markets; International Investment Management; Portfolio Construction & Theory; Emerging Market Economies; Research Project (with optional work placement).

Focus on your future

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12–16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months) Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience and any professional qualifications

MSc International Investment & Finance

The course

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc International Finance (112)

The practical nature of this course will prepare you well for a career in investment and finance. Previous graduates from our finance courses have gone on to work for organisations including Caspian One, Gates Group, LBC Consult, Mainstreet Bank Limited and RBS. They work in roles including financial analyst, financial advisor, finance manager, development expert and risk management associate.

What they say

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msiiff

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

“The banking crisis has had a dramatic effect on the global investment market and the approach taken to risk, requiring managers with the skills to make sound investment decisions.”

Dr Dermot McCarthy, The Business School

114

Finance

MSc International Risk Management & Finance

MSc International Risk Management & Finance

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12-16 months full-time (BU); 24-27 months part-time (Guernsey Training Agency) Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September (12 months full-time, 24-27 months parttime), January (16 months full-time) Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience and any professional qualifications If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

Link to research themes

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

The course This conversion course is ideal for those looking to change subject or career direction, as well as being well suited to business graduates keen to develop their existing skills and knowledge in the field. There is a significant demand for qualified graduates in risk management.

The recent financial crisis has emphasised the increased role that risk management plays in the survival of organisations. Whatever the level of your employment, expertise in risk management can help a business succeed. The conversion course covers risk from an interdisciplinary perspective, beyond its traditional boundaries.

Various topics are covered, including financial, investment, operational and regulatory risk. The aim of the course is to help you to build a career as a risk management expert with the right combination of theoretical knowledge and practical skills. Your learning experience will be enriched by guest lectures from leading risk practitioners from a wide range of companies, including regulators and rating agencies who recognise the significance of risk management.

On completion of this conversion course, you will be a risk expert with the ability to understand, measure and manage organisational risk. Your analytical, presentation, communication and reporting skills will also have been greatly enhanced.

Course content International Accounting & Analysis; Economics of Money & Financial Markets; International Corporate Finance; International Investment Management; Enterprise Risk Management; Corporate Governance & Ethics; Research project (with optional work placement).

Focus on your future This conversion course is ideal if you intend to work in banking, insurance, manufacturing, or risk management. It will also prove invaluable to aspiring senior managers and business owners.

What they say “The process of measuring, monitoring and controlling risk is of paramount importance in finance as it is a key determinant of the performance of a firm, especially in the current volatile economic environment. This course is designed to provide the analytical frameworks and measurement and control techniques, which will be of benefit to those developing a career in modern risk management.”

Dr Davide Secchi, The Business School

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msirmff

Finance

115

MSc International Taxation & Finance This conversion course is ideal for those looking to change subject or career direction, as well as being well suited to business graduates keen to develop their existing skills and knowledge in the field.

Modern businesses, especially those that operate in the international market need a firm understanding of their financial position and of their tax affairs. We have one of the UK’s strongest teaching teams in taxation, and have mixed those strengths with some of the best aspects from our highly regarded finance courses. The result is an intellectually stimulating and practical degree that will really help you to stand out when it comes to finding employment.

You’ll begin by developing your understanding of how corporations report their financial data (financial reporting), before moving on to examine the implications international taxation and taxation policy can have for the modern global corporation. This course will also provide you with the transferable skills needed for a successful future career in accounting and finance: effective teamwork, objective analysis and effective communication.

Course content International Accounting & Analysis; International Corporate Finance; Economics of Money & Financial Markets; International Direct Taxation; International Indirect Taxation; Public Finance & Tax Policy; Research Project (with optional work experience).

Focus on your future Our courses are well-recognised within the industry, and previous graduates from our finance degrees are now working in roles such as advisor, analyst, consultant, finance manager, financial consultant, human resources management, industrial development expert and risk management associate. They are employed by some of the biggest names in the industry, including Caspian One, Gates Group, RBS, LBC Consult and Mainstreet Bank Ltd.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12–16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months) Tuition fees: UK/EU: £9,000 Non-EU: £13,500 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience and any professional qualifications

MSc International Taxation & Finance

The course

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

What they say “This interesting and wide-ranging course is for anyone who wants a finance degree with a difference.”

Dr Dermot McCarthy, The Business School

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msitff

Link to research themes

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

116

Course Listing Forensic & Biological Sciences MSc Biological Anthropology MSc Forensic Osteology MSc Forensic Toxicology

by Research

121 120 119

Forensic & Biological Sciences Outstanding academics supported by excellent facilities make BU the natural choice for studying Forensic & Biological Sciences.

The Forensic & Biological Sciences Group undertakes ground-breaking research in the fields of molecular biology, forensic toxicology, forensic archaeology, forensic anthropology, law, crime scene investigations, biological anthropology, osteoarchaeology and primatology, and is a leading authority in publications in these subjects.

Our courses are taught by internationally recognised scientists and visiting lecturers who are experienced practitioners. This specialist knowledge filters through into our taught degrees and influences policies and research worldwide. The international professional networks we have established benefit our students. You have the opportunity to experience research abroad and be introduced to future employers through your supervisors.

Academics and postgraduate students have worked in a variety of forensic casework arenas, from the discovery and repatriation of remains

from war graves to providing evidence for the prosecution of war criminals at The Hague.

We are proud that many of our undergraduate students stay on to study postgraduate courses and achieve international recognition by presenting their work at major scientific conferences. Just one example is PhD student Hannah Bunten, who was recently awarded the prize for best student research paper by the Society of Forensic Toxicologists (USA).

All courses are supported by a wide range of technical and scientific facilities. These include dedicated research and high specification analytical laboratories, a recently expanded osteological laboratory and ever-expanding skeletal collections, survey and geophysical equipment, GIS and spatial information suite, a cartographic studio and a crime scene training facility used for Crime Scene Investigation (CSI) education.

Forensic & Biological Sciences

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in forensic or biological sciences, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles The distribution of opiates, cocaine and their metabolites in skeletal muscle tissue and vitreous humour as an aid to post-mortem toxicological interpretation Kelly-Ann Rees An industrial revolution for fingerprint science? The impact of cognition and human factors on fingerprint examiners: Implications for the use of fingerprint examiner expertise and administration within law enforcement David Charlton

Exploring the role of Mu Opioid Receptor (OPRM1) and CYP2B6 gene variations for methadone pharmacogenomics. Can these variations be used to advance toxicological interpretation post-mortem?

Hannah Bunten

117

118

“Our forensic science staff are active as forensic practitioners providing expert opinion to coroners and the courts, and are subsequently able to refer to personal casework experience.�

Professor David Osselton, Faculty of Science & Technology

Forensic & Biological Sciences

119

MSc Forensic Toxicology by Research Toxicology is the study of drugs and poisons and is an expanding area offering a wide range of career options. Forensic toxicology is the application of the subject to questions that arise in judicial proceedings and includes a wide range of cases from drugs/alcohol, driving under the influence of drugs, drug-facilitated sexual assault to accidental, deliberate or malicious poisoning.

This course will provide you with a detailed knowledge of the selection and collection of case materials, as well as the analytical techniques used in forensic toxicology laboratories for the isolation and identification of drugs and poisons. You will study the signs and symptoms associated with the use of common drugs and poisons, basic pharmacology, mechanisms of drug/poison action, drug metabolism and drug elimination from the body.

As well as the more traditional areas of forensic toxicology, you will also be introduced to aspects of environmental forensic science where toxicology may be involved. An important part of your training will be the presentation of evidence in court, and you will learn how to prepare and present evidence as part of your course.

You will be learning from experienced forensic toxicologists and forensic practitioners, with an emphasis on professional capabilities.

Wherever possible, the course will be case led.

Course content Core units: Research Skills; Professional Practice in Forensic Science; Forensic Toxicology; Extended Research Project.

Focus on your future Successfully graduating from this course will open a host of career options for you in the world of forensic clinical or industrial toxicology. You may find employment in forensic laboratories, drug testing labs, food standards agencies, the pharmaceutical industry, hospital and medical environmental testing, pathology support, and medical examining offices. Alternatively, you may want to continue your learning experience by undertaking a PhD.

What they say

Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £13,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), in a relevant subject area or equivalent professional experience Relevant subjects: Biochemistry, Chemistry, Life/Medical Sciences If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Applied Sciences by Research (60) MSc Forensic Archaeology (65) MSc Forensic Osteology (120)

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msftf

Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy

Link to research themes

“You will get the chance to work with real case scenarios and other scientific institutions and gain excellent practical laboratory skills, and should graduate with a publication in a peer-reviewed journal or conference.”

Professor David Osselton, Course Co-ordinator

Key Facts

MSc Forensic Toxicology by Research

The course

120

Forensic & Biological Sciences

MSc Forensic Osteology MSc Forensic Osteology

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £13,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), in a relevant subject area or equivalent professional experience Relevant subjects: Archaeology, Forensic Science, Biological Sciences, Biological Anthropology If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Forensic Archaeology (65) MSc Biological Anthropology (121) MSc Osteoarchaeology (62) MSc Archaeological Practice (61)

Link to research themes

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy

The course This course is concerned with the application of biological anthropological techniques to the analysis of human skeletal remains within a legal context and provides a vital suite of expertise and skills that can be applied to answer both modern and archaeological questions. Such specialist anthropological skills can contribute not only to our understanding of the past, but also to the effective investigation of serious incidents in the modern world, particularly murder, genocide and human rights violations within the constraints of the criminal justice system.

In recent years such skills have also proved increasingly useful in the wake of mass disasters, both natural and man-made. You will learn from experts from a broad variety of forensic fields in excellent laboratory facilities. It is delivered via a balance of lectures and practical lab-based learning, in addition to a range of forensic simulation exercises.

You will be given free access to laboratory facilities and skeletal collections throughout the course with good levels of contact from a team of established scholars who are well known within their field. The course presents an excellent opportunity to acquire the skills and knowledge necessary to progress either to a continued academic career or a practical career in forensic or archaeological work.

Course content Research Project; Research Skills; Advanced Human Osteology; Human Skeletal Analysis; Professional Practice in Forensic Science; Forensic Archaeology; Crime Scene Management & Forensic Science.

Focus on your future Graduates from this degree have gone on to pursue a wide range of careers, including research in anthropology, archaeological excavation, disaster response, investigation of mass graves and human rights violations or police crime scene investigators. Above all, this is a well-constructed and interesting applied science degree and offers an opportunity to strengthen your CV considerably for a broad range of more general career directions.

What they say “The greatest strength of this degree is the way it combines a realistic view of human skeletal studies with a good grounding in the way such knowledge and skills can be applied in the modern world.”

Dr Martin Smith, Course Co-ordinator

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msfof

Forensic & Biological Sciences

121

MSc Biological Anthropology This is an exciting course that is unique in the UK. It is the only one year (taught) MSc course that covers a wide range of aspects of biological anthropology. You will learn how humans are similar to, or different from, other animals and how we became what we are today. Biological anthropology is the study of our place in nature. You will get the chance to study primatology, evolutionary anthropology, human osteology and zooarchaeology. You will have the opportunity to study past environments, human-animal interactions in archaeological records or become an expert in human osteology.

The international networks of our staff allow you to work on a range of projects with a variety of external collaborators and to network with leaders in the field and potential future employers. You will learn through practical sessions, lectures, workshops, seminars, field trips, individual tutorials and by completing your independent research project. Our assessment methods are varied and tailored to prepare you to a future career in this or aligned fields and staff are approachable and supportive.

Your studies will be supported by excellent technical and scientific facilities. These include dedicated human and animal bone research (to which you will have full access for self-study), analytical laboratories and our extensive collection of human and animal archaeological skeletal material. All of this will help you to develop professional osteological skills at a level suitable for human identification in forensic anthropological and archaeological settings. In addition to this we have excursions to learn more about the primates and early hominins and you can choose an option that follows your interests in past environments, human skeletal analysis or the archaeology of human-animal interactions.

Course content Core units: Principles & Methods in Zooarchaeology; Advanced Human Osteology; Primate Behaviour and Ecology; Human Evolution; Research Skills; Research Project.

Option units: Humans, Animals & Diet; Human Skeletal Analysis; Past Environmental Change.

Focus on your future Graduates from this course can pursue a wide range of careers, including primatology, paeleoanthropology, disaster response, human identification, forensic anthropology, and professional archaeology.

What they say

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £13,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above), in a relevant subject area or equivalent professional experience Relevant subjects: Biological Sciences, Biological Anthropology, Anthropology, Archaeology If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Forensic Archaeology (65) MSc Forensic Osteology (120) MSc Osteoarchaeology (62) MSc Applied Sciences by Research (60)

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy

Link to research themes

“I really enjoyed the lab work with both human and animal bones as part of the Advanced Human Osteology and PMZ modules and writing journal articles, instead of essays.”

Quote from former student

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msbaf

MSc Biological Anthropology

The course

122

Course Listing Health & Social Care PG Dip Adult Nursing

124

MA Advanced Mental Health Practice

132

PG Dip Advanced Nurse Practitioner

128

MA Advanced Practice

129

MA Advanced Practice (Child & Family Social Work)

130

MA Advanced Practice (Vulnerable Adults) 131 PG Dip Children & Young People’s Nursing 125 CPD courses for Health & Social Care Professionals 139 MA Leading & Developing Services

133

PG Dip Mental Health Nursing

126

PG Dip Midwifery

127

CPD courses in Post-Qualifying Social Work 138 MSc Public Health

135

MA Social Care

136

MA Social Work

137

Health & Social Care We have close working relationships with many partners in public, private and voluntary services, ensuring that your studies are relevant for practice and your chosen career.

Our courses are designed for practitioners already engaged in developing and improving their service, and will enable you to gain accreditation in the form of a university qualification.

With the Francis Report, published in February 2013, identifying the need for a compassionate, caring and courageous workforce, it is important to note these elements are core to our provision of education, especially in respect of self and organisational leadership.

Interprofessional learning is actively encouraged and your fellow students will come from a wide range of backgrounds, adding to the professional relevance and value you will gain from your chosen course. Our academic staff are drawn from those

working in professional practice and also those actively undertaking real-world research.

We take great pride in our committed, creative and professional staff who add another positive dimension to your learning. They bring a wide range of experience to your studies, inspiring you with their excitement and enthusiasm about their specialist areas.

Health & Social Care

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in health or social care, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Is social work education life-changing?

A unitary appreciative inquiry into the impact of social work education on a person’s beliefs, values and behaviour Mel Hughes

Joint hypermobility syndrome and developmental co-ordination disorder in adults: Investigating the association and impact Carol Clark

Non duality and psychotherapeutic practice. A phenomenological study of psychotherapist experiences of non duality and its implications for psychotherapeutic practice Janet Mojsa

Drug-related activity in the United Kingdom between 1900-1922: What evidence can be found through systematic searching of The Times digital archive?

Holly Crossen-White

Professional education and personal epistemology: A post qualifying social work case study Lynne Carol Rutter Emotional processing in childbirth: A longitudinal study of women’s management of emotions during pregnancy and the association with postnatal depression Carolyn Anne Wilkins Working at the interface between art and science of breastfeeding: A qualitative study of International Board-certified lactation consultants’ experiences Sarah Brown

Healing environment: A contribution to the interior design and décor features in single occupancy hospital rooms in Libya Moamer Gashoot Practitioner-based enquiry: Taking the case of homeopathy Juliet L Smith Met or matched?! What accounts for a successful back pain consultation in primary care?

Ehab Georgy Women’s experiences of breast cancer and spiritual healing: A unitary appreciative inquiry Fiona Barlow The effects of a hospital ward eating environment on patients’ mealtime experience Paula Shepherd

123

124

Health & Social Care

PG Dip Adult Nursing PG Dip Adult Nursing

Key Facts Accreditations: Nursing & Midwifery Council (NMC) Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus and University College Yeovil Duration: 3 years Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Applicants will normally have a 2:2 degree in any subject area, or equivalent international degree level qualification If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 7.0 with minimum 7.0 in each component, or equivalent.

See page 183

The course The vast majority of people at some time in their life will meet a registered nurse from the adult field, whether due to ill health or because they are seeking health promotion advice. This course is designed to help you understand the wide and varied needs of clients and their families. You will gain a solid grounding in the theoretical and professional skills that are needed in modern nursing in order for you to be able to deliver high-quality evidencebased care. Graduating from the course will enable you to apply for professional registration with the Nursing & Midwifery Council (NMC) and commence a rewarding and exciting career.

Adult nurses work with, and care for, a wide variety of client groups and individuals and are required to develop a range of specialist knowledge and skills. The course is designed so that you develop the core skills and competencies needed to practice as a registered nurse. You also develop lifelong learning skills alongside other core transferable skills such as clinical decision making, team working, problem solving and communication.

You can choose either Bournemouth or Yeovil as your base of study.

Practice learning accounts for 50% of your time on the course and occurs in a range of settings. While in practice you are supported and assessed by mentors who are practicing nurses. You will also spend time in our simulation suites where you learn practice skills in a realistic and safe environment.

This course is open to graduates from any discipline as you will undertake the same placements as students on the BSc (Hons) course. During Year 2 and Year 3 you will share some fixed resource sessions such as lectures and workshops with the BSc students but undertake additional facilitation to complete Master’s-level assessment.

Course content

Link to research themes

Exploring Adult Nursing; Anatomy & Physiology During the Lifespan; Fundamental Communication Skills; Identifying Knowledge for Practice; My Health & Wellbeing Through the Lifespan; Becoming a Professional; Developing Knowledge for Practice; Therapeutic Communication in Adult Nursing; Care of Clients with Acute & Long Term Conditions; Promoting Health & Working in Partnership; Challenges to Humanising Nursing Care; Principles of Enquiry & Evidence-Based Practice in Health & Social Care; Evaluating Knowledge for Practice; Service Improvement Project; Managing Complex Conditions; Advanced Principles of Enquiry & EvidenceBased Practice in Health & Social Care; Developing the Professional Role; Public Health Perspectives.

Focus on your future

Health, Wellbeing & Society Ageing & Dementia

Career opportunities following graduation can lead in a number of directions and nursing graduates from BU pursue a range of opportunities within the NHS, voluntary sector and private healthcare, and some use their qualification to work internationally.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/pgdanf

Health & Social Care

125

PG Dip Children & Young People’s Nursing The course is designed to help you meet the nursing needs of children, young people and their families, delivering nursing care of the highest quality, based on best evidence, in a safe and appropriate environment.

Graduating from the course will enable you to apply for professional registration with the Nursing & Midwifery Council (NMC) as a Registered Nurse (Child).

Working with and caring for children and young people requires specialist knowledge and skills because their needs vary according to age, growth and stage of development. The needs of children and their families are not only related to the science of nursing (the theory) but also to the art (practice and caring) of nursing. Our course provides a balanced portfolio of learning the science and art of nursing.

Practice-based learning accounts for 50% of the course and you will spend time on placement in every year of the degree. A wide range of practice learning opportunities provide a breadth of experience within the community and acute hospital settings. During practice you are supported and assessed by experienced nurses who act as mentors.

Children’s nurses require the ability to work alongside a broad range of health and social care professionals. Throughout the course you will study with, and meet, other students undertaking health-related degrees delivered by BU. This includes students studying other fields of nursing, social work, midwifery, nutrition, paramedic science, occupational therapy and physiotherapy.

Course content Identifying Knowledge for Practice; Underpinning Children’s & Young People’s Nursing Through Social Science; Anatomy & Physiology During the Lifespan; Fundamental Communication Skills; Theoretical Principles of Children’s & Young People’s Nursing; Becoming a Professional; Developing Knowledge for Practice; Application of Communication in Children’s & Young Person’s Nursing; Acute Illness in Childhood & Adolescence; Long Term Conditions of Childhood; Enhancing Children’s & Young People’s Health in the Community; Principles of Enquiry and EvidenceBased Practice in Health & Social Care; Evaluating Knowledge for Practice; Service Improvement Project; Managing Emergency Care in Children’s & Young People’s Nursing; Advanced Principles of Enquiry & Evidence Based Practice in Health & Social Care; Becoming a Registered Nurse (Child); Public Health Perspectives.

Key Facts Accreditations: Nursing & Midwifery Council (NMC) Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 3 years Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Applicants will normally have a 2:2 degree in any subject area, or equivalent international degree level qualification

PG Dip Children & Young People’s Nursing

The course

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 7.0 with minimum 7.0 in each component, or equivalent.

See page 183

Focus on your future

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/pgdcynf

Health, Wellbeing & Society Ageing & Dementia

Link to research themes

Employment opportunities include working within the NHS, voluntary and charitable sector and private healthcare. Career opportunities include working in hospitals (children’s units, emergency departments, paediatric intensive care and neonatal intensive care units), respite care, rehabilitation centres and children’s hospices. Career progression opportunities, following further study, may lead to becoming an advanced practitioner, a manager, a consultant, a researcher or an educationalist.

126

Health & Social Care

PG Dip Mental Health Nursing PG Dip Mental Health Nursing

Key Facts Accreditations: Nursing & Midwifery Council (NMC) Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 3 years Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Applicants will normally have a 2:2 degree in any subject area, or equivalent international degree level qualification If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 7.0 with minimum 7.0 in each component, or equivalent.

See page 183

The course This three-year course will provide you with the knowledge and skills that are required to work alongside people with mental health problems as a registered nurse. The demands of mental health nursing require evidence based interventions from practitioners in order to promote recovery, to maximise individual potential and to reduce the distress of illness.

The experience of mental health problems is challenging for both the service user and their carers; one in four people will, at some time in their life, need help for mental health issues. One of the primary roles of a mental health nurse is to enable and educate, working alongside those experiencing mental health issues to support their progress towards recovery. The solid grounding in the theoretical and professional skills that are integral to the course involves a blend of learning aimed to develop high-quality, evidenced-based nursing care that meets the needs of clients, service users and their families.

Practice placements account for 50% of your time on the course. You will be supported and assessed in practice by qualified mentors who work alongside you to facilitate learning in a variety of mental health settings. As well as undertaking placements, you will also spend time in our clinical skills suites where you can learn and practice clinical skills in a realistic environment.

This course is open to graduates from any discipline as you will undertake the same placements as students on the BSc (Hons) course. During Year 2 and Year 3 you will share some fixed resource sessions such as lectures and workshops with the BSc students but undertake additional facilitation to complete Master’s level assessment.

Course content Identifying Knowledge for Nursing Practice; Mental Health, Wellbeing & Humanised Care in Later Life; Anatomy & Physiology During the Lifespan; Fundamental Communication Skills; Origins & Expressions of Mental Health & Wellbeing; Becoming a Professional; Developing Knowledge for Practice; Communication & Therapeutic Approaches in Mental Health; Physical Care in Mental Health Settings; Cultural Competence in Mental Health Nursing; Acute Mental Health – Crisis, Wellbeing & Recovery; Principles of Enquiry and Evidence-Based Practice in Health & Social Care; Evaluating Knowledge for Practice; Service Improvement Project; Mental Health Nursing in Specific Settings; Advanced Principles of Enquiry; The Context of Mental Health: Communication, Leadership & Management; Supporting Recovery Journeys.

Link to research themes

Focus on your future A wide variety of career options are available across in-patient and community mental health care clinical practice settings, including adult acute care, dementia care, eating disorders, addictions services, forensic psychiatry, as well as child and adolescent mental health.

Health, Wellbeing & Society Ageing & Dementia

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/pgdmnf

Health & Social Care

127

PG Dip Midwifery This course gives you the chance to become a proficient and reflective midwife with the ability to base your practice on research, holistic care and a commitment to lifelong learning. To prepare you for your work environment we deliver some units inter-professionally which means you will be learning with students from other courses including social work, nursing, occupational therapy and physiotherapy.

You can choose either Bournemouth or Portsmouth as your base.

If you are based in Bournemouth, you will have placements at Dorchester, Poole/Bournemouth, Salisbury, Yeovil or Winchester. If your teaching base is in Portsmouth, you will undertake placements in Portsmouth, Basingstoke/Winchester or the Isle of Wight.

Wherever you are based you will gain experience in community and hospital settings, working in partnership with midwives and mothers. Successfully completing this course will mean you qualify with a Postgraduate Diploma and can apply for professional registration as a midwife with the Nursing & Midwifery Council (NMC).

Course content Health & Wellbeing; Introduction to Professional Practice; Labour & Birth; Antenatal & Postnatal Care 1; Antenatal & Postnatal Care 2; Clinical Practice; Caseloading Practice; Health & Wellbeing 2; Principles of Enquiry; Pathophysiology; Medicine Management; Clinical Practice; Preparing For Your Service Improvement Project; Service Improvement Project; Complex Care; Health, Leadership & Innovation; Clinical Practice.

Focus on your future After graduating, you will enjoy a wide range of career opportunities nationally. If you have an interest in working overseas, you will find that this qualification is accepted by many countries throughout the world. As a qualified midwife, you will be encouraged to continue your professional development and education in-keeping with contemporary midwife practice.

Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus St. Mary’s Hospital, Portsmouth Accreditations: Nursing & Midwifery Council (NMC) Duration: 3 years Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Applicants will normally have a 2:2 degree in any subject area, or equivalent international degree level qualification Relevant subjects: Psychology, Human biology/ anatomy, physiology, sociology, social policy, health studies or social studies If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 7.0 with minimum 7.0 in each component, or equivalent.

See page 183

Health, Wellbeing & Society Ageing & Dementia

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/pgdmf

Link to research themes

Increasing your knowledge and expertise could lead you to more senior practitioner roles such as consultant midwife or you could become a team/unit manager combining a responsibility for managing staff with hands-on involvement with expectant mothers.

You may also wish to undertake a teaching role in clinical practice or higher education. Specialising in specific areas of perinatal care or enhancing your professional qualifications through further study at Master’s or doctoral level are also possible, or you could choose to move into other allied professions such as neonatal nursing or health visiting.

Key Facts

PG Dip Midwifery

The course

128

Health & Social Care

PG Dip Advanced Nurse Practitioner PG Dip Advanced Nurse Practitioner

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 2 years Delivery methods: Part-time Start date: September Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree.

Registered with the Nursing & Midwifery Council (NMC).

Three years post-qualifying experience and normally engaged in practice for a minimum of 20 hours per week If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183. If you are an international student, you must be currently working in practice in the UK due to the high level of interaction with clinical practice throughout the course

The course This part-time course will facilitate the development of advanced knowledge and skills, to enable the achievement of advanced practice competencies, in line with nationally recognised advanced level nursing criteria. This will support you to become an advanced nurse practitioner with the knowledge and skills required of the role, both professionally and academically at Master’s level.

You will be encouraged to extend your critical, analytical and reflective skills, enabling you to integrate new and existing clinical practice skills within your practice setting, in order to provide high quality health care, as autonomous practitioners and collaborative team members, within the multi-disciplinary team.

You will be encouraged to take personal responsibility for your learning and a variety of learning strategies will guide your selfmanaged study. Within a classroom setting you will participate in seminars, workshops, lectures, discussions, debates, using case studies and group work appropriate to Master’s level study. Units on this course are available to other health professionals, as stand-alone units within the post-graduate Continuing Professional Development (CPD) framework and can be included as part of the full MA Advanced Practice course.

Course content Professional Issues for Advanced Practice; Advanced History Taking & Physical Assessment; Advanced Health Assessment & DecisionMaking; Independent & Supplementary Prescribing or Principles of Disease Processes & Management of Therapeutic Interventions; Advanced Practice Portfolio.

Focus on your future Successful completion of the course will facilitate your career progression to an advanced nurse practitioner role, which will enhance patient services and improve patient care. You will then also be eligible to progress onto our MA Advanced Practice course.

What they say “I utilise all aspects of the course in my role as an Arrhythmia Nurse Specialist. I enjoy being an autonomous practitioner and developing new skills.”

Peter Uren, Arrhythmia Nurse Specialist at Royal Bournemouth Hospital

Link to research themes

Health, Wellbeing & Society Ageing & Dementia

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/pgdanpp

Health & Social Care

129

MA Advanced Practice We recognise the need for the national agenda to develop professional and advanced practice roles and for different professionals to work and learn together to improve the services they lead and manage. This innovative course is specifically for health and social care professionals working part-time as, or aspiring to be, an advanced practitioner.

Flexible and interprofessional In recognition of the diversity of services and organisations, this course is deliberately designed to attract the breadth of health and social care professionals to be a truly interprofessional course.

It offers flexibility and will encourage you to demonstrate your ability to critically evaluate your practice and make evidence-based judgements from the perspective of your own work, whilst sharing and learning from your colleagues across the interprofessional team.

You will be able to integrate new and existing skills in a practice setting while maintaining and developing high-quality healthcare in your current work place.

Progress from Professional to Advanced Practice If you are early in your journey to advanced practice, you will be able to accrue units of study towards a Postgraduate Certificate in Professional Practice. You can continue to develop your practice and progress to gain a further three Master’s level study units and a Postgraduate Diploma in Advanced Practice. Ultimately you have the option to complete a full Master’s in Advanced Practice by completing an independent study in service improvement to consolidate your learning whilst focusing on an aspect of your professional practice and/or service.

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Duration: Maximum 5 years from registration on to a named award Delivery methods: Part-time Start date: Various, please see website for details

MA Advanced Practice

The course

Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours first degree.

Be engaged in practice for normally a minimum of 20 hours per week If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

Focus on your future With the Department of Health (2010) recommending postgraduate study for those in advanced practice roles, this is an ideal opportunity to top-up your qualifications and complete a Master’s degree. The course will enable you to feel confident in your leadership role in the current environment of healthcare provision and radical changes in the future.

What they say

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/maavpp

Health, Wellbeing & Society Ageing & Dementia

Link to research themes

“I commend this highly flexible course to all those healthcare professionals who are charting their journey along the path from professional to advanced practice. As new roles emerge and services are reconfigured, so the need for you to pursue a full Master’s education to equip you with the critical thinking and clinical decision-making skills you need to lead service reform and to support you in the challenges you face on the front line.”

Professor Elizabeth Rosser, Deputy Dean for Education, School of Health & Social Care

130

Health & Social Care

MA Advanced Practice (Child & Family Social Work)

MA Advanced Practice (Child & Family Social Work)

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Accreditations: The College of Social Work (TCSW) approved provider Duration: Maximum 5 years from registration on to a named award Delivery methods: Part-time Start date: September Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Registered social workers and other health and social care professionals currently engaged in practice in the UK If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

The course This course will meet the needs of experienced social workers already practicing at a senior level to meet the expectations outlined in the new Professional Capabilities Framework, requiring those who wish to progress to an advanced level to practice in complex situations, exercising high-quality professional judgements.

This course has also been designed to take account of the recommendations made by Professor Eileen Munro in her government-commissioned, independent review of child protection in England (Munro 2011) that there should be an academic pathway which offers a Continuing Professional Development (CPD) route which can be linked to career progression, whilst retaining the emphasis on advanced practice with children and families, rather than career progression which goes down a management pathway.

The course also offers the opportunity to build on previous study undertaken with us and take academic credits forward into the Master’s CPD framework.

Learning methods will include interactive workshops together with more traditional learning materials, supported by web-based resources. You will be responsible for managing your individualised service improvement projects that will not only develop your own professional practice but will also contribute to service development.

Course content Evidencing Professional Learning 1, 2 and 3; Critical Thinking in Advanced Practice; Advanced Practice in Health and Social Care; Leading and Enabling Others; Preparing for your Service Improvement Project; Service Improvement Project.

Focus on your future The course not only allows you to develop your own specialist area of practice with children and families, but also to have a positive impact on service development from a practice perspective. The service improvement project replaces a traditional dissertation unit and focuses on a service improvement or service development project which offers the opportunity to develop something which adds value to practice.

What they say

Link to research themes

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts Health, Wellbeing & Society

“This course is an exciting development which adds to the portfolio of courses delivered by the Post-Qualifying Social Work team at BU. We cover all levels of the new CPD framework for social work at a post-qualifying level from the point of qualification, through to advanced practitioner status. This enables practitioners to continue to build their knowledge, skills and expertise to protect the most vulnerable children in society.”

Jenny Bigmore, Course Co-ordinator www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/maavpcp

Health & Social Care

131

MA Advanced Practice (Vulnerable Adults) This course provides opportunities to enable qualified and experienced social workers to demonstrate that they have substantially enhanced their knowledge and skills in working with vulnerable adults with complex issues. It is primarily aimed at social workers in fieldwork posts who are either working entirely with vulnerable adults or where a significant proportion of the case load is with this client group. It is designed to support the Professional Capabilities Framework for social workers.

Throughout the course there is an emphasis on self-directed study and you are required to take responsibility for your own professional development. Units and their assessment will allow flexibility so that learning can be shaped to meet your needs.

This course offers you the opportunity to build on previous study and use academic credits gained previously together with experiential learning, towards the first three units listed below in the course content.

Course content Evidencing Professional Learning 1, 2 and 3; Critical Thinking for Advanced Practice; Advanced Practice in Health and Social Care (Vulnerable Adults); Leading and Enabling Others; Preparing for your Service Improvement Project; Service Improvement Project.

Focus on your future The course has been designed so it not only allows you to focus on your own practice with vulnerable adults, but also to have a positive and direct impact on service outcomes. All assessment demands the application of theory to organisational situations, so not only will you be able to gauge the development of your own skills and knowledge, but your organisation will also be aware of your increasing effectiveness.

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Accreditations: The College of Social Work (TCSW) approved provider Duration: Maximum 5 years from registration on to a named award Delivery methods: Part-time Start date: September Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours first degree.

Be engaged in practice for normally a minimum of 20 hours per week

MA Advanced Practice (Vulnerable Adults)

The course

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

A theme throughout all the units is to develop practitioners who can use independent critical judgment to take a leading role in systematically developing their own practice and that of others, in the context of codes of ethics and social justice in a wide range of situations including those associated with inter-agency and interprofessional work.

What they say

Health, Wellbeing & Society Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/maavpvp

Link to research themes

“There is an increasing focus on protecting adults from all forms of abuse and this course aims to take your existing skills and help you develop them to a higher level.�

Michael Lyne, Course Co-ordinator

132

Health & Social Care

MA Advanced Mental Health Practice MA Advanced Mental Health Practice

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Accreditations: The College of Social Work (TCSW) approved provider Duration: Maximum 5 years from registration on to a named award Delivery methods: Part-time Start date: September, January, May Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Registered social worker, mental health nurses, occupational therapists and clinical psychologists currently engaged in practice in the UK, and with a minimum of two years experience If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: CPD courses in PostQualifying Social Work (138) MA Leading & Developing Services (133)

The course The aim of this course is to prepare practitioners who will be considered for appointment as Approved Mental Health Professionals (AMHP) under the Mental Health Act 2007. The course also includes the requirements for the training of Best Interest Assessors under the Mental Capacity Act 2005.

Learning methods include a mix of interactive workshops, lectures and facilitated group discussions. Service user and carer input will be central to the programme and direct teaching will be combined with self-directed learning.

Opportunities for experiential learning will be provided in a supervised practice placement as required by the professional body, with supervision by a practice assessor as key.

Assessment for the course will be varied and will include completion of a portfolio including a report by a practice assessor based on observation of your application of learning and competence in demonstrating the requirements. A range of reflective assignments and an in-class test will also be included.

Course content Ethics, Values & Perspectives in Mental Health; Mental Health & the Law; The AMHP Role in Practice; Evidencing Professional Learning (Practice Assessment); Evidencing Professional Learning.

This will take students up to a Postgraduate Diploma. Students who want to progress to complete the full Master’s award will need further agreement from employers and funding to complete two Master’s units including a service improvement project.

Focus on your future The requirement to set AMHP training at Master’s level recognises the very high demands of knowledge and skills made on professionals who carry an individual responsibility not paralleled elsewhere in law. These demands have steadily increased with the introduction of new statute and case law, as well as the development of community mental health care which now supports, outside of psychiatric hospitals, individuals who present very complex needs and risks.

This course keeps pace with this increased complexity and offers you personal and professional development recognised by both an academic and a professional award.

Link to research themes

Health, Wellbeing & Society Ageing & Dementia

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/maamhp

Health & Social Care

133

MA Leading & Developing Services This course provides managers and experienced health and social care professionals with the opportunity to develop and extend their knowledge of leadership and management theory and enhance their practice. It will prepare you to take on first-line, middle and senior management positions and support organisations’ leadership and management strategies.

The course supports the Department of Health’s Leadership Qualities Framework and ‘Inspiring Leaders – Leadership for Quality.’

It is designed to support the Skills for Care and the Department of Education’s National Leadership and Management Strategy and the College of Social Work Professional Capabilities Framework.

Learning methods include interactive workshops together with more traditional learning materials, supported by web-based resources.

You will be responsible for managing individualised work-based projects that will not only develop your professional practice but impact on service quality. The course emphasises self-directed study and you are required to take responsibility for your own professional development. Units and their assessment will allow flexibility so that learning can be shaped to meet your needs.

Course content Core units: Leading Strategy & Commissioning Services; Leading & Enabling Others; Preparation for Service Improvement Project; Service Improvement Project.

Four optional units from: Evidencing Professional Learning 1, 2 & 3; Critical Thinking in Advanced Practice; Self Leadership.

Focus on your future The course has been designed so it not only allows you to focus on your own leadership and management practice, but also to have a positive and direct impact on service outcomes. All assessment demands the application of theory to organisational situations, so not only will you be able to gauge the development of your own skills and knowledge, but your organisation will also be aware of your increasing effectiveness. A theme throughout all the units is developing yourself as a leader and manager and contributing to the development of others, so the course also provides a foundation for enhancing your career in the future and assisting others in their career planning.

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Accreditations: The College of Social Work (TCSW) approved provider Duration: Maximum 5 years from registration on to a named award Delivery methods: Part-time Start date: March Tuition fees: Please see website for details

MA Leading & Developing Services

The course

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree.

Applicants should normally have at least one year of professional or management experience If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MA Advanced Practice (129) MSc Public Health (135) CPD courses for Health & Social Care Professionals (139)

What they say

Health, Wellbeing & Society Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/maldsp

Link to research themes

“If you are looking for a multi-professional course that will help you develop your practice while having a real impact on service quality, this is the one for you.”

Lynne Rutter, Course Co-ordinator

134

“The modules were very relevant and have informed my critical analysis of things like partnership working, children’s centres and the building blocks of public health working.”

Xena Dion, Graduate, MSc Public Health

Health & Social Care

135

MSc Public Health This course is designed to meet the demands of individuals at different stages of their career, from recent graduates to those more established in their profession. Public health entails multi-agency involvement and partnerships, and we welcome practitioners and professionals from a range of backgrounds, not necessarily in health.

Previous students have a variety of different backgrounds such as local authority, healthcare, education, biochemistry, health protection, pharmacy and nutrition.

As a student you can apply for student membership of The Royal Society for Public Health. You have the opportunity to explore indepth public health issues with public health researchers, academics and practitioners during our full and part-time flexible learning courses. You will study three units for the Postgraduate Certificate, six units for the Postgraduate Diploma plus a dissertation project for the Master’s in Public Health. Subject to entry criteria, students may take stand-alone individual units of study rather than register for the whole course.

Whichever route you opt for you will be able to choose the focus of your assignments to suit your interests. This course attracts students internationally so you will have the opportunity to study alongside students from across the world, sharing experiences and widening perspectives on public health issues. Your learning will involve writing assignments, group discussions, seminar presentations, lectures and independent reading.

Course content Context & Scope of Public Health; Epidemiology; Principles of Enquiry & Evidence-Based Practice in Health & Social Care; Advanced Principles of Enquiry & Evidence-Based Practice in Health & Social Care; Health Promotion & Partnership Working; Public Health Management Strategies; Dissertation Project.

Focus on your future This course will prepare you for a diverse range of roles in public health due to its focus on developing your research skills and knowledge to underpin public health practice. Our students have gone on to work in the World Health Organisation, with charities such as Save the Children, have returned to roles in pharmacy and medicine and have had success working as researchers for universities both in the UK and internationally.

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 3-5 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £13,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: UK Honours degree in any subject area, or equivalent international degree level qualification If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: CPD courses for Health & Social Care Professionals (139)

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

Health, Wellbeing & Society

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msphf

MSc Public Health

The course

136

Health & Social Care

MA Social Care MA Social Care

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above) or equivalent international degree level qualification If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

The course This new one year, full-time MA Social Care, starting in September 2015, gives you the opportunity to study in a high-profile and nationally recognised department and benefit from direct access to research active and internationally linked academic staff.

The course offers eight weeks in professional social care settings with local partner agencies. Students’ practice learning is formally assessed and credited as part of the course. This programme may appeal to both UK and International students wishing to work in the social care sector and gain an understanding of the core concepts in social and behavioural sciences and contemporary social care practice.

The emphasis on the social and behavioural science disciplinary base is central to understanding people in our societies in context alongside more specific units of study that explore psychosocial perspectives across the life-course, use of self and other; theory and practice, law and social policy and personal and professional development in preparation for your practice placement opportunities.

Ethics and values will be a central theme to your preparation for practice and you will address the dilemmas and tensions of working in complex, uncertain human situations. During the one-year course you will have the opportunity to undertake two practice placements, totalling 40 days of social care practice.

Course content Psychosocial Perspectives Across the Life Course; Use of Self & Other; Theory & Practice; Law, Social Policy, Values & Ethics; Personal & Professional Development; Placement x 2; Proposal for Dissertation; Dissertation.

Focus on your future This course will prepare you for work across a range of social care settings; these settings may include local authority social care provision or the independent and voluntary sector. Being a generic course, you will be able to work in a wide range of areas. Some graduates may develop an interest in international social care and work with non-government organisations (NGOs) and other international agencies abroad.

Link to research themes

Health, Wellbeing & Society Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mascf

Health & Social Care

137

MA Social Work During this course you will gain an understanding of the core concepts in social and behavioural sciences and contemporary social work practice, successful graduates will also be eligible to apply for qualified ‘social worker’ status with the Health & Care Professions Council (HCPC). This course gives you the opportunity to study in a high-profile and nationally recognised department and benefit from direct access to research active and internationally linked academic staff.

The emphasis on the social and behavioural science disciplinary base is central to understanding people and societies. You will study this alongside more specific units that deal with risk and complexity, family intervention, working with adults made vulnerable by a range of factors, mental health and substance use issues.

Ethics and values will be a central theme to your preparation for practice and you will address the dilemmas and tensions of working in complex, uncertain human situations. Throughout the two years of study you will undertake a placement of 70 days in Year 1 and a further placement of 100 days in an agency in Year 2, with learning in placement facilitated by a practice educator. A further 30 days are allocated to skills development.

Course content Family Intervention, Mental Health & Substance Use, Working with Risk & Complexity; Psychosocial Perspectives of the Life Courts, Use of Self & Other; Theory & Practice; Models, Methods and Approaches in Social Work Intervention; Values, Ethics & Ideology; Readiness to Undertake Practice Learning; Practice Placements; Dissertation.

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 2 years Delivery methods: Full-time

MA Social Work

The course

Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £13,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above) or equivalent international degree level qualification If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 7.0 (with minimum 6.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

Focus on your future Graduates from the course will work in local authority teams, integrated teams within health settings, and within the independent, voluntary and private sectors. This course will prepare you for work across the full range of social work contexts; these settings may include local authority statutory sector child care/adult safeguarding teams, adult disabilities and youth justice teams. Being a generic course, you will be able to work in a wide range of areas – some graduates develop an interest in international social work and work with non-government organisations (NGOs) and other international agencies abroad.

What they say

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/maswf

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts Health, Wellbeing & Society

Link to research themes

“As a graduate from a qualifying MA in Social Work, I recognise some of the challenges and opportunities that result from such studies. Therefore, I am delighted to be able to offer this course from an energetic, inspiring and research-active team of academics who, I know, will challenge you to reach your potential, to think deeply and critically and to apply your learning to the complex and often painful vicissitudes of human life.”

Professor Jonathan Parker, Deputy Dean for Research & Knowledge Exchange and Director of the Centre for Social Work, Sociology & Social Policy

138

Health & Social Care

Continuing Professional Development (CPD) courses in Post-Qualifying Social Work

Continuing Professional Development (CPD) courses in Post-Qualifying Social Work

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus and at other locations across the UK Accreditations: The College of Social Work (TCSW) approved provider Duration: 4 months - 2 years Delivery methods: Part-time Start date: Various. See website for details Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Registered social workers and other health and social care professionals currently engaged in practice in the UK Relevant subjects: Professional qualifications in social work, social care and health If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: CPD courses for Health & Social Care Professionals (139)

The courses Our courses are designed to enable qualified social workers to develop their practice as they progress within their careers. We deliver these programmes at both Level 6 (H level) and Level 7 (M Level). Many of our courses are constructed as a series of units building up to an award. This affords the flexibility of taking separate units as building blocks of learning as an alternative to registering for a full award.

Our courses are relevant, current and reflect modern professional and policy contexts as well as meeting the key capabilities identified in national professional standards, e.g. The Professional Capabilities Framework for social work and the NHS Leadership Framework.

CPD units/courses • • • • •

•

• • •

•

Best Interest Assessor Course Graduate Certificate in Risk and Decision-Making in Practice Graduate Certificate in Practice Education Graduate Certificate in Professional Practice (ASYE) Graduate Certificate in Professional Practice (Specialisms Childcare, Working with Adults and Mental Health Services) MA/ BA Hons/Graduate Diploma Vulnerable Adults and

Community Care Practice MA/ BA Hons/Graduate Diploma Children and Families Studies MA Advanced Mental Health Practice BA Hons/Graduate Diploma Leadership and Management in Health and Social Care MA Leading and Developing Services.

Focus on your future The courses offered ensure that clear links exist between your continuing education and the development of career pathways.

Courses are developed in close collaboration with partner agencies, ensuring relevance to your practice and your future career aspirations.

What they say

Link to research themes

“As a team we are proud of our reputation and achievements and our aim, like yours, is to improve the quality of social work practice in the UK through helping social workers increase their levels of competence, knowledge and skills.”

Professor Keith Brown, Director, National Centre for Post Qualifying Social Work

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts Health, Wellbeing & Society

www.ncpqsw.com

Health & Social Care

Continuing Professional Development (CPD) courses for Health & Social Care Professionals We have designed a range of course options to be flexible, interprofessional and work-based, covering a wide range of professions. hether you are a nurse, midwife, social worker, physiotherapist, occupational therapist, operating department practitioner or emergency care practitioner, we can offer professional development options for you.

The full courses and individual units we run have been developed in line with the frameworks established by professional bodies such as the Nursing & Midwifery Council and Health & Care Professions Council making them relevant to your profession and career progression.

Academic credit gained from our individual units of study can be used to contribute to a full Master’s degree via our MA Advanced Practice award.

Interest areas include: •

• • • • •

Public Health, Post-Qualifying Social Work, Leading and Developing Services Maternity & Care of the Newborn Practice & Professional Development Mental Health Non-Medical Prescribing Advanced Nurse Practitioner.

Focus on your future Our courses are ideal for experienced professionals who wish to have their skills recognised, evaluated and extended. Past students have found the structure and style of these courses/units have impacted positively on their practice and have allowed them to progress in their career. Given the range and flexibility of courses/units we can offer, you will be able to develop a clearly defined plan for your own professional development, tailoring study to your own and your employer’s needs.

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Health & Social Care, Lansdowne Campus Duration: Various. See website for details Delivery methods: Part-time Start date: Various. See website for details Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Please see website for details If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: CPD courses in PostQualifying Social Work (138)

What they say “The relationship between academic expertise and the value of making a difference in practice is at the heart of all we do.”

Professor B. Gail Thomas, Dean of the School of Health & Social Care

Health, Wellbeing & Society

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/cpd-health

Link to research themes

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Continuing Professional Development (CPD) courses for Health & Social Care Professionals

The courses

139

140

Course Listing Journalism MA Journalism Studies MA Multimedia Journalism

143 142

Journalism Our mix of theoretical understanding and practical knowledge in journalism encourages personal, professional and academic development.

In the vibrant world of journalism, the challenge is to keep ahead of the ever-changing demands of the news industry. Our courses are professionally orientated and employment-focused. BU’s Multimedia Journalism postgraduate degree is accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC), a partnership between the main employers in the UK broadcast industry, for example, BBC, Reuters and Sky. Our graduates go straight into international, national and local broadcast news, newspapers and magazines, and often enjoy an accelerated rate of promotion. They have a wide choice of possible careers.

The research we conduct is often crucial to developing new policies and approaches for both commercial and public service news organisations.

Research findings inform course content, ensuring that everything we teach is up to date and relevant to today’s global media. The Centre for Journalism and Communication Research at BU oversees

research into news and journalism. Research-active staff members share their findings with students as a basis for further study and reflection, which informs professional activity in advantageous ways.

We are home to the UK’s only governmentdesignated Centre for Excellence in Media Practice (CEMP), which is working with a range of industry and education partners to transform student learning experiences and produce students who will shape the future of the creative industries.

We also enjoy strong industry links with local and national organisations and host regular high-profile conferences, events and guest lectures.

Journalism

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in journalism, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles BBC TV’s Panorama, conflict coverage and the ‘Westminster consensus’ David McQueen

News sources and perceptual effects: An analysis of source attribution within news coverage of alleged terrorist plots James Matthews

141

142

Journalism

MA Multimedia Journalism MA Multimedia Journalism

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Accreditations: Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC) Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,500 Non-EU: £13,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). An interview is required. Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 7.0 (with minimum 6.5 in writing and 6.0 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183 See also: MA Journalism Studies (143) Short courses for Media Professionals (165)

The course Multi-skilling defines this groundbreaking course – a UK leader in fully exploring multi-platform digital journalism. It is accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC).

MA Multimedia Journalism will enable you to cover any news story for the web, television, radio or print. It also offers the opportunity to specialise in areas such as radio and TV documentary, investigative journalism, and digital magazines.

In the ever-changing media landscape, core journalistic skills are more at a premium than ever. The mix of broadcasting and online writing in this intensely practical course sharpens the defining elements of cutting-edge journalism. You will produce live news and broadcast bulletins across the internet, gathering news and feature stories both nationally and locally. Using professional-standard studios and newsrooms, you will be encouraged to take key roles as editors, news editors, convergence editors, and reporters on all of our media outlets.

The ways we select our students are socially inclusive, and we have a broad mix of international and UK students studying with us. The course suits new entrants to the profession and those wishing to extend their skills across different media, at home and abroad.

Course content Multimedia Reporting Skills; Digital Journalism; Legal & Ethical Context; Journalism in Global Contexts; Journalism Project or Dissertation; Professional Placement (minimum 3 weeks in news organisation in UK or overseas). Plus options such as Digital Magazines; Documentary Journalism; Investigative Journalism; New Media Innovation; Environment, Conflict & Crisis News.

Focus on your future Graduates from the course have gone straight into international, national and local broadcast news, national and local newspapers, national magazines, and have a wider choice of career options, often enjoying an accelerated rate of promotion in their chosen profession.

Our graduates have gone on to work for the BBC, Sky, The Guardian, Marie Claire, CNN, CNBC Europe, The Irish Times, The Press Association, Reuters and Bloomberg, to name just a few.

What they say Link to research themes

“I think what makes this course stand out from other Master’s degrees is the multimedia element. In a newsroom now, especially in the BBC, you need to be able to use a video camera, edit for radio and have an idea of how your story will look online, and this course equips you for that.”

Hannah Gurney, MA Multimedia Journalism graduate, BBC Radio Guernsey and ITV Journalist

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/manmmjf

Journalism

143

MA Journalism Studies This course aims to develop postgraduates who can critically explore the ways in which new media forms and practices are facilitating a transformational shift in news and journalism.

Of particular interest is the impact the internet is having on the news industry, with relevant issues including the emergence of innovative strategies of news gathering, distribution and presentation; efforts to secure new business models; changing patterns in news consumption; challenges for government policy-making and regulation; and the rise of collaborative, citizen-based approaches to news reporting.

Key debates concerning online journalism, blogging and social media will be explored in a diverse range of contexts, such as environmental, war, conflict and crisis reporting. In addition, you will consider how new types of journalism can be developed to foster renewed civic engagement among citizens, empowering them to take action on issues of local, regional and/or global concern. You will be encouraged to develop critical perspectives to reinvigorate traditional thinking about news and journalism.

Course content Researching Journalism and the Internet; Journalism in Global Contexts; Applied Research Project; Social Media and Citizen Journalism; New Media Innovation; Environment, Conflict and Crisis News; Dissertation.

Focus on your future You will be equipped with an understanding of how to carry out research enquiries and investigations of topics relevant to your interests. You may go on to work within social media and digital communication, civic media, government and non-government organisations, or academia. Journalists, editors and related media professionals may use this course to update personal knowledge, advance current thinking and strategic development of their newsrooms, or pursue careers in research.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,500 Non-EU: £13,000

MA Journalism Studies

The course

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). An interview is required. Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 7.0 (with minimum 6.5 in writing and 6.0 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183 See also: MA Multimedia Journalism (142) Short courses for Media Professionals (165)

What they say “This course is a fantastic opportunity to study the cutting edge of news, journalism and social media, through a detailed critique of and experimentation with new media innovation.”

Dr Einar Thorsen, Subject Leader, MA Journalism Studies

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/majsf

Link to research themes

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science

144

Course Listing Law Intellectual Property courses 147 LLM International Commercial Law 146 LLM International Tax Law 151 Grad Dip Law/Common Professional Examination (CPE) 148 Legal Practice Course (LPC) 149 LLM Public International Law 150

Law Our law graduates are highly sought after due to our outstanding reputation within the legal profession.

We offer non-law graduates the opportunity to complete the first stage of training approved by the law professional bodies by converting their degree into a Qualifying Law Degree (QLD) through our Graduate Diploma in Law/Common Professional Examination (CPE). We also offer the Legal Practice Course (LPC) – the second stage of professional legal training to become a solicitor.

Our courses in intellectual property have been developed in collaboration with the Institute of Trade Mark Attorneys (ITMA) and the Joint Examination Board of the Chartered Institute of Patent Agents (CIPA). They provide exemptions from the foundation level examinations for qualification as a Patent Attorney in the UK and the Postgraduate Certificate is accredited by the Intellectual Property Regulation Board (IPReg).

As well as being one of the UK’s leading institutions for postgraduate study in intellectual property, we have extensive expertise in commercial law, international tax law and

international public law and offer LLM courses within these areas.

The renowned Centre for Intellectual Property Policy and Management (CIPPM) currently pursues research in business law, intellectual property law, property law, and taxation and is supported by the research cluster Centre for Conflict, Rule of Law & Society. Our staff produce high profile research including work with the German, British and Swedish Ministries of Defence as well as NATO. All our postgraduate students are offered the opportunity to get involved in our research at BU. Expert analysis and opinion from our academics regularly appears in the mainstream media. The department also receives funding for a range of consultancy projects and contributes to legal journals, such as Public Law, Oxford Journal of Conflict and Security, Journal of Mental Health Law, Journal of International Criminal Justice and British Journal of Criminology.

Law

Research MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in law, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Giving effect to policy: A legal and empirical investigation of the implementation of European food quality schemes in Poland (PDO, PGI, TSG) Ewa Hartman

The protection of television format rights: Intellectual property & non-law based strategies Sukhpreet Singh

145

146

Law

LLM International Commercial Law LLM International Commercial Law

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12 -16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months)

The course Founded in the ancient silk and spice routes, international trade and commerce has spread to become the most significant activity of any modern economy.

The provision of goods and services in other countries increased dramatically in the second half of the 20th century, and today continues to reveal new markets, products and commercial practices.

Our LLM in International Commercial Law focuses on the legal regulation from the perspective of a common law jurisdiction, and the challenges presented through membership of the international and European communities.

Tuition fees: UK/EU: £6,000 Non-EU: £12,000

The course draws on our academic excellence in Commercial Law, Corporate Law, International Economic Law, Intellectual Property Law and Tax.

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience

Course content

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: Intellectual Property courses (147) LLM Public International Law (150) LLM International Tax Law (151)

Core units: Principles of International Law, International Organisations & the World Trade Organisation; Law of International Trade; Dissertation.

Optional units (choose two from the following): Corporate Law: Theory & Practice; International Dispute Resolution; International Cyber Law & Governance; International Intellectual Property Rights; International Direct Taxation; International Law of the Environment.

Focus on your future The course will provide a challenging and stimulating opportunity to enhance your career prospects within a variety of industries and/or the legal profession.

It is suitable for a wide range of career paths including in-house counsel in an export-related industry, work in the City or other global financial centre, regulatory office in governmental organisations, appointments in foreign services, or even an academic career.

Some of our graduates are now undertaking roles such as associate director, judges assistant, patent associate, and senior lawyer.

What they say

Link to research themes

“Delivered by academics who are experts in their field, this course has a unique blend of delivery, including guest lecturers, electronic learning, lectures and seminars.”

Dr Sascha-Dominik Bachmann, The Business School Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/llmiclof

Law

147

Intellectual Property courses We offer two courses in intellectual property (IP): Postgraduate Certificate (PG Cert) Intellectual Property and LLM Intellectual Property.

Today’s global organisations have an increasingly diverse portfolio of brands and products which require an expertise in their protection, management and exploitation. A strategic understanding of IP law is integral to decision-making for any company looking to succeed in a knowledge-based economy.

Our IP courses are delivered by academics from the Centre for Intellectual Property Policy & Management (internationally recognised for its policy research and consultancy projects), and enjoy a significant input from leading IP practitioners.

Developed in collaboration with the Joint Examination Board of the Chartered Institute of Patent Attorneys (CIPA) and the Institute of Trade Mark Attorneys (ITMA), both courses provide exemptions from the foundation exams necessary for patent attorney qualifications and additionally, for the PG Cert, Trade Mark qualifications.

Our PG Cert is delivered part-time over three weekends (with extensive online study over five months). It enables you to build up specialist knowledge and gain a professional qualification, and is accredited by the Intellectual Property Regulation Board. The LLM is delivered on campus, and provides a thorough understanding of UK and European law, together with international conventions and practice affecting IP protection.

Course content Postgraduate Certificate Intellectual Property www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/pgcipp Copyright & Trade Marks; Patents & Designs; International Intellectual Property Practice; Principles of Law (non-credit bearing).

LLM Intellectual Property www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/llmipof Core units: Principles of International Law, International Organisations & the World Trade Organisation; Dissertation.

Optional units (choose five from the following): Corporate Law: Theory & Practice; International Dispute Resolution; International Cyber Law & Governance; Copyright & Trade Marks; Patents & Designs; International Intellectual Property Practice; International Intellectual Property Rights.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Accreditations: Intellectual Property Regulation Board (IPReg) (PG Cert only) Duration: 12-16 months full-time; 6 months for PGCert Delivery methods: PG Cert: Part-time LLM: Full-time Start date: September/January (please see website for details) Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: Familiarity with the law of your home country, or knowledge in a related discipline e.g. accounting, management or business. A background in the sciences if you intend to progress into a career relating to patents If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/pglaw

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

Focus on your future We have helped to further the careers of many legal, engineering and science professionals, from organisations such as IBM, Nokia, Siemens, GlaxoSmithKline, JP Morgan, 3M, Airbus, Pilkington, British American Tobacco, Jaguar Land Rover, Unilever, Johnson & Johnson, and BAE Systems. Law firms that have sent or taken students include: Marks & Clerk, D Young & Co, N.J. Akers & Co, AJ Park, Franks & Co, GVS, Leaman Browne, Deacons, Krahbichler, Schlich & Co, Scott & York.

Intellectual Property courses

The courses

148

Law

Graduate Diploma in Law/Common Professional Examination (CPE)

Graduate Diploma in Law/Common Professional Examination (CPE)

Key Facts The Business School, Talbot Campus.

Guernsey Training Agency Accreditations: Solicitors Regulation Authority (SRA), Bar Standards Board Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £11,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours Degree.

Applicants without a UK or Republic of Ireland degree must have been granted a Certificate of Academic Standing from one of the professional bodies. Fulltime applications need to be made via the Central Applications Board If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in writing and 5.5 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183

The course This course is primarily aimed at non-law graduates from UK universities who are planning to enter the legal profession. If you do not have a UK or Irish undergraduate degree but do have relevant academic qualifications or significant vocational experience, you may also be eligible to join the course, but you will require a Certificate of Academic Standing from either the Solicitors Regulation Authority (SRA) or the Bar Council.

Although it is fundamentally aimed at entry to the legal profession, it is a highly valued qualification in its own right and supports a wide range of career opportunities. The course is approved by both the Bar Council and the SRA. The course offers a learning environment with focused support and attention. The course is based around a small group which means you will benefit from individual time with our academic staff. The teaching team is made up of experienced academics whose education is informed by their professional qualifications and experience and by their research and publication interests.

Course content Legal System, Process & Skills; Law of Contract; Law of Torts; Land Law; Law of Trusts; Constitutional & Administrative Law; Criminal Law; European Union Law; Another Area of Law (essay on a chosen legal topic).

Focus on your future After completing this course, you will be guaranteed a place on our Legal Practice Course (see next page), the vocational stage of training for solicitors. If you are interested in qualifying as a barrister, you can seek advice on the Bar Professional Training Course from barristers in our law team.

What they say “This course is designed for graduates in non-law subjects who wish to become professional lawyers. It is approved by the legal professions. Success means completion of the academic stage of legal education and this entitles you to proceed to the professional stage. BU offers a Legal Practice Course (the professional course for solicitors) to which GDL/ CPE students may apply.”

Dr Howard Davis, The Business School

Link to research themes

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/pglf

Law

149

Legal Practice Course (LPC) The purpose of the LPC is to equip you with the skills and knowledge necessary to enable you to enter your training contract with confidence and to feel at home in the exciting, demanding and rewarding world of legal practice. BU offers the latest version of the LPC, which enables you to study the course in one year full-time, or over two years part-time.

We have delivered the LPC since 1994 and we are recognised by employers and students alike as one of the most successful providers of high-quality professional legal education and training.

Our small class sizes, individual pastoral tutor and ‘open door’ policy contributes significantly to the excellent success rate of our students, helping to create a supportive, team environment.

Course content Core units: Property Law & Practice; Litigation; Business Law & Practice (including Business Accounts); Accounts & Regulation; Legal Skills; Estate Management & Taxation.

Optional units: Commercial Property; Commercial Law; Advanced Litigation; Employment Law; Family Law; Client in the Community; Private Client.

Focus on your future Completion of the LPC is a Solicitor Regulation Authority (SRA) requirement for anyone wishing to become a solicitor.

The BU LPC will give you a high level of interaction with professionally qualified staff in a realistic practice context. You will also have the opportunity to network with trainee solicitors and more senior members of the profession through our links with local firms, law societies, the Junior Lawyers Division and other bodies.

On completion of this course, you will be eligible to apply for the LLM Legal Practice, which is designed to further enhance your skills and knowledge base. Visit our website to find out more.

What they say “We believe that the value of the Bournemouth University LPC lies in the interaction between our students and staff in realistic practice settings.”

Julie Pick, The Business School

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Accreditations: Solicitors Regulation Authority (SRA) Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £11,000 Non-EU: £11,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualifying Law Degree (2:2 or above) or a Graduate Diploma in Law/Common Professional Examination Relevant subjects: All applicants must have a Qualifying Law Degree or a CPE or another law qualification approved by the SRA If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in writing and 5.5 in all other components) or equivalent. See page 183

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/pglpf

Legal Practice Course (LPC)

The course

150

Law

LLM Public International Law LLM Public International Law

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12 -16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months) Tuition fees: UK/EU: £6,000 Non-EU: £12,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: Intellectual Property courses (147) LLM International Commercial Law (146) LLM International Tax Law (151)

The course This course is ideal for those working in international legal firms or as international legal consultants, governmental organisations, international organisations and international non-governmental organisations – or those interested in pursuing such a career. The course may also serve as a starting point for an academic career and as preparation for a PhD. Public International Law has traditionally been concerned with the structure and behaviour of sovereign states and intergovernmental organisations.

Over the past decades, however, international law has also progressively affected multinational corporations and individuals.

Public international law has increased in use and relevance vastly over the twentieth century, due to a globalised world with an upsurge in global trade, environmental concerns, human rights violations, armed conflicts and a boom in global communications.

You will therefore benefit from the study of law in these areas and under the direction of experts in this field.

The course offers a unique blend of delivery including guest lectures, electronic learning, lectures and seminars.

Course content Principles of International Law, International Organisations & the World Trade Organisation; International Dispute Resolution; International Cyber Law & Governance; International Law of the Environment; International Criminal Law & International Criminal Justice; International Human Rights Law; Dissertation.

Focus on your future Your career prospects will be enhanced and future career paths include working in the legal profession, for government agencies, in banking and finance, in accounting and professional services, or in academia.

Some of our previous law graduates are now working in roles including associate director, judge’s assistant, patent associate and senior lawyer for companies such as Axis Associates International, Court of Justice, Spoor & Fisher and UPTX.

What they say Link to research themes

“Bournemouth University’s LLM in Public International Law is the right choice for you if you want to know about what is happening in the world and what affects us in the UK – without a solid knowledge of public international law today’s politics and events remain an enigma.”

Dr Sascha-Dominik Bachmann, The Business School

Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/llmpilf

Law

151

LLM International Tax Law The LLM International Tax Law is aimed at those considering a career in international tax consultancy or within in–house tax departments of multinational companies. It is also highly suitable for staff of foreign government finance ministries and tax authorities who wish to learn more about tax policy. The Stage 2 taught units can be used as preparation for an important qualification offered by the Chartered Institute of Tax, the Advanced Diploma in International Tax (Paper I, Principles) whilst the dissertation can be structured so as to be suitable for submission as a thesis in Paper II or Paper III of the same internationally recognised qualification.

The course draws on our academic excellence in international taxation and public law. It includes a wide range of tax and law modules that are focused on comparative, rather than on UK law, so applications from international students are encouraged. Tax issues are relevant in tax and non-tax areas alike, such as competition law and family law, within its remit of marriage, divorce and estates.

International business transactions and the management of state entities are both subject to the ramifications of UK and international tax.

Course content Core units: Principles of International Law, International Organisations & the World Trade Organisation; Dissertation.

Stage 1 optional units (choose two from the following): Corporate Law: Theory & Practice; International Dispute Resolution; International Cyber Law & Governance.

Stage 2 optional units (choose three from the following): International Indirect Taxation; International Direct Taxation; Law of International Trade; Public Finance & Tax Policy.

Focus on your future Your career prospects will be enhanced and future career paths include working in the legal profession, for government agencies, in banking and finance, in accounting and professional services, or in academia.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Business School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Duration: 12 -16 months Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September (12 months) January (16 months) Tuition fees: UK/EU: £6,000 Non-EU: £12,000

LLM International Tax Law

The course

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: Intellectual Property courses (147) LLM Public International Law (150)

Some of our previous law graduates are now working in roles including associate director, judge’s assistant, patent associate and senior lawyer for companies such as Axis Associates International, Court of Justice, Spoor & Fisher and UPTX.

What they say Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/llmitlf

Link to research themes

“This course introduces you to topical issues around UK and international tax.”

Dr Sascha-Dominik Bachmann, The Business School

152

Course Listing Media Production MA Cinematography for Film & Television 154 MA Creative & Media Education (part-time) 163 MSc Digital Music & Audio Production 161 MA Directing Film & Television 155 MA Media Arts Practice 159 Short courses for Media Professionals 165 MA Post Production Editing 158 MA Producing Film & Television 156 MA Production Design for Film & Television 157 MA Radio Production 162 MA Scriptwriting 164 MA Sound Design for Film & Television 160

Media Production The Media School at BU is home to the only designated Centre for Excellence in Media Practice (CEMP) in the UK (awarded by the Higher Education Funding Council). The award recognises our commitment to innovation and excellence in learning and teaching.

The Centre for Excellence develops and embeds progressive ways of studying media practice to ensure students and graduates continue to learn in a cutting-edge environment.

Within The Media School we combine the highest academic standards with professional enterprise to create a stimulating and supportive environment for study, research and practice. Positioning itself at the forefront of the media industry BU helps to identify, develop and guide the future direction of this fast-changing and dynamic industry.

We are also recognised as the largest centre of professionally-based higher education for the media and communications industries in the UK and we deliver courses designed to set you apart from the crowd.

BU’s strengths in media production are complemented by the MSc Digital Music & Audio Production course taught by experts in the Faculty of Science & Technology.

Our students and graduates are a vital part of our success. BU alumni can be found in senior positions in organisations worldwide, an endorsement of the quality of our graduates and the importance we place on helping you become a lifelong learner, continuing your professional development throughout your career.

Media Production

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in media, sound or audio production, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Design strategies for decentralised music production Jeroen van Iterson Practical feedback cancelling for convolution-based acoustical enhancement systems in the context of classical music rehearsal spaces Kees Neervoort

Folkwaves and airwaves: Oral history, community and vernacular radio Ieuan Franklin

153

154

Media Production

MA Cinematography for Film & Television MA Cinematography for Film & Television

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £12,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience. A showreel should be submitted with the application form. An interview is required.

Applicants without a first degree but with significant industry experience may be considered in exceptional circumstances Relevant subjects: Photography, Media, Digital or Analogue Film Production, Art and Design, but other subjects are considered If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

The course Cinematography is at the heart of film and television production, orchestrating camera, lens, light and motion to create the visual aesthetic of the film. This course provides high-level industry staffexpertise and image capture technologies, which will enable you to flourish in the continually evolving arena of imaging for film and television.

The course will help you develop key intellectual and practical skills that meet, or challenge and exceed, current industry practice and expectations. It seeks to develop in parallel; your artistic eye, your technical skills, your team-working skills as part of camera crews, and your collaborative skills working with directors.

The course is best suited to those who have some previous experience in filmmaking or photography, have a good aesthetic sense and critical eye and wish to develop these further. We would also welcome those who come with professional experience and wish to further develop their creative skills and showreel, while undertaking an immersive learning experience in the theory and practice of cinematography.

The specialist production units provide an environment in which to develop creative skills, technical proficiency in digital camera and lighting, narrative storytelling and collaborative working. The crossframework units develop critical analysis, research methods and perspectives on the changing media industry and your role within it.

Course content Core units: Digital Cinematography for Documentary; Narrative Constructions; Digital Cinematograhy for Drama; Cross-platform Media Practice.

Optional units (choose one of the following): Master’s Production Project; Master’s Research Project.

Focus on your future This degree aims to develop creative skills, techniques and collaborative approaches which will prepare you for employment in today’s evolving media industry. Through collaborative and individual production you will build up a strong and distinctive showreel, which will prepare you for entry into the industry. Future career roles could be as diverse as natural history cinematographers, television camera operators, or feature film directors of photography.

What they say Link to research themes

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

“I think Bournemouth University is doing a commendable job as the roles (lighting, camera operator and director of photography) are rarely taught with such a real industry insight.”

Mark Bond, Director of Photography www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/macftf

Media Production

155

MA Directing Film & Television The Director is central to the creative process in media production and this course has been designed to build and develop your knowledge of the industry, enabling you to step up to the challenge of delivering winning productions. This hands-on course provides many opportunities for practical production across platforms and genres. It will enhance your storytelling skills and build your technical understanding of film, television and transmedia production, developing advanced skills as a director in line with current industry practice.

The Media School is unique in its active encouragement of dynamic collaborations between students across courses. Working with the producing, scriptwriting, cinematography, sound and editing students you will create a showcase of your skills as a visual, creative storyteller. Many of these collaborations have continued beyond the course as students set up their own production companies. This comprehensive course will equip you with the skills to understand and manage the entire production process, from effective planning and pre-visualisation to overseeing creative post-production work alongside our editing students.

Under the guidance of experienced media professionals, you will develop your own directorial flair and style, and will gain a sound theoretical grounding of the social, cultural and intellectual context for media production work. The final Production Project will allow you to use the technical and directorial skills you have developed to mastermind your own portfolio of work in collaboration with other students within The Media School. As an alternative, you can choose a research-based option to undertake a detailed study of an aspect of directing.

Course content Core units: Approaches to Directing; Narrative Constructions; The Directors Voice; Cross-platform Practice.

Optional units (choose one from the following): Master’s Production Project; Master’s Research Project.

Focus on your future This creative course will equip you with the skills to lead and shape the media of the future. Skilled professionals who can understand and create moving images suited to a rapidly changing industry are highly sought after. Our students graduate as lifelong learners and reflective practitioners, and the combination of practical and theoretical study means graduates are well-equipped for success.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). A showreel should be submitted with the application form. An interview is required.

Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience. Applicants without a first degree but with significant media industry experience may be considered Relevant subjects: Television Production, Video Production, Interactive Media Production, Scriptwriting, Music Design, Journalism, Advertising but all subjects are considered If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/madftf

MA Directing Film & Television

The course

156

Media Production

MA Producing Film & Television MA Producing Film & Television

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Accreditations: This course is recognised by Creative Skillset and carries the Creative Skillset Tick Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). Applications are also welcome from experienced professionals working within the media industry.

Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience.

An interview is required.

Applicants without a first degree but with significant industry experience may be considered in exceptional circumstances If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

The course This ground-breaking course is for those who want to turn their ideas and aspirations into success. Whether you plan to manage the next generation of film and television programmes, shape a career as a researcher, associate producer or production manager, or even run your own independent production company, the course will give you the practical training and theoretical grounding to achieve your ambitions in the dynamic world of media production.

You will learn how to develop your ideas as viable projects and sell them in a highly competitive marketplace. Thanks to expert tuition from professionals with experience from across industry, you will become accomplished in managing productions as a producer, production manager, location manager and first assistant director.

Working collaboratively with other students in The Media School, you will plan and produce your own projects and learn how to work collaboratively within a creative environment. The final Production Project will serve as evidence of your abilities to develop, plan and manage a project from concept to screen, and there is also an option to develop an alternative research-focused project if you prefer. The course has been awarded the ‘Creative Skillset Tick’, the industry kitemark of quality, which is awarded to practice-based courses which best prepare students for a career in the industry.

Course content Core units: Developing & Selling Ideas; Narrative Constructions; Production Management; Cross-Platform Practice.

Optional units (choose one from the following): Master’s Production Project; Master’s Research Project.

Focus on your future This course equips you with the skills to succeed in a variety of production roles. Our graduates have gone on to prosper in careers with cutting-edge production companies and media organisations, utilising the practical experience and industry understanding they have developed during their studies.

By giving you real experience of managing projects, the course ensures that you emerge with demonstrable abilities, further enhancing your employability as you make the move into industry.

What they say

Link to research themes

“The course will give students real experience of managing projects, and even offers the chance of paid work with corporate clients through BU’s production company, Red Balloon.”

Trevor Hearing, Framework Leader for Media Production

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mapftf

Media Production

157

MA Production Design for Film & Television This exciting new course has been specifically designed to give you the opportunity to develop your aesthetic and practical skills for a career as a production designer or art director across the full range of moving image media.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus

You will have the advantage of collaborating with other students, such as cinematographers, directors and producers, to give you the valuable experience of live project management and professional practice. These interdisciplinary projects will allow you the opportunity to see your designs realised on screen and to develop sought-after teamwork skills.

Duration: 1 year

This course is delivered by highly qualified and experienced lecturers and places a strong emphasis on employing a range of learning and teaching styles to facilitate cohesive group work. It also provides a vital connection to industry professionals, with a regular programme of visiting speakers.

Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000

The course aims to equip you with excellent technical skills, links to industry and an impressive showreel to help maximise your future employment in production design.

Course content Core units: Principles of Set Design; Narrative Constructions; Design on Location; Professional Studies.

Optional units (choose one from the following): Master’s Production Project; Master’s Research Project.

Focus on your future This course will enable you to shape your future as a production designer or art director across a full range of moving image media.

You will acquire a portfolio that ensures you become highly employable upon graduation, in areas from such as television drama, television entertainment, commercials, film production and online video.

What they say

Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September

Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above)and evidence of production experience (eg theatre or short film production). Exceptionally we would consider candidates with industry experience who do not have a first degree

MA Production Design for Film & Television

The course

Relevant subjects: Film, TV, Production, Theatre/Drama, Art and Design, Photography If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

“This is the course that will give you the chance to see your work on screen, whether it is concept design for a movie or set design for a TV show.”

Trevor Hearing, Framework Leader for Media Production

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mapdftf

Link to research themes

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science

158

Media Production

MA Post Production Editing MA Post Production Editing

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). Applications are also welcome from experienced professionals working within the media industry. A showreel should be submitted with the application form.

Applicants without a first degree but with significant industry experience may be considered in exceptional circumstances. An interview is required If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MA Radio Production (162)

The course Television programmes are made or lost on the cutting room floor, and skilful editing is at the core of successful film and television production. This unique course, delivered by professionals with wideranging expertise, has been devised to give you a comprehensive understanding of the editing process.

A theoretical grounding in topics such as narrative and storytelling underpins technical training in the latest software and hardware, which will give you the tools to turn your ideas into reality. You will also be encouraged to develop critical perspectives on the changing media industry and to challenge current practice, developing the analytical skills required to reflect, learn and grow as a successful editor.

This course builds towards a final Production Project. This showreel will be your calling card for the industry; it will allow you to explore and develop ideas beyond industry expectations, and produce evidence of your editorial approach, style and storytelling. As an alternative, you can choose a research-based option to present at a final exhibition of work.

Working in your own postgraduate base room, you will have your own cutting-edge technology at your fingertips. You are required to have your own Apple laptop with Avid Media Composer 6.5 or above. The Media School provides further technical tools to aid your development, including extensive network support and two Avid Media Composer Finishing Suites, where you will build your real-world skills through role-play scenarios of industry practice.

We are proud to announce our Learning Partnership with AVID.

Course content Core units: Advanced Editing Techniques; Narrative Constructions; Cross-platform Practice; Approaches to Editing.

Optional units (choose one from the following): Master’s Production Project; Master’s Research Project.

Focus on your future Our graduates don’t just meet industry expectations – they exceed them. With a curriculum developed in conjunction with postproduction companies and AVID Certification built-in, this vocational course will put you at the forefront of the media production industry.

Our students have gone on to achieve success with pioneering companies that are leading the way in postproduction work.

Link to research themes

What they say

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

“We believe that study at postgraduate level is about developing intellectual and practical skills that not only match industry expectations but challenge current practice.”

Karl Rawstrone, Course Co-ordinator www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mappef

Media Production

159

MA Media Arts Practice This course will refine and develop your creative and digital media skills introducing you to a range of technical platforms and research methods designed to take talented audio-visual communicators to the next level of advanced practice. During this course you will gain disciplinary knowledge in a unique creative context, covering areas from online coding to physical computing, audio visual installation and software development to production for visual and audio communications for advanced media platforms.

This broad and inclusive course is suited to students from a range of backgrounds within digital, media, art and design practices, as well as students from cross disciplinary backgrounds such as journalism, computer science, geography and engineering. This course is designed to help you learn to express your ideas in a variety of media including video and animation, sound and digital design through to spatial and mobile media.

A large part of the course will be based in the Colab, an environment designed to support collaborative critical practice, experimentation and rapid prototyping. Throughout the course you will have the opportunity to develop professionally through collaborative working, strengthening your critical practice skills and honing your understanding of the skills needed for professional careers in digital culture. You will also gain theoretical knowledge by studying the principles, history and key issues surrounding advanced media arts and creative digital culture.

You will be taught by leading research practitioners in the expanding fields of contemporary digital arts. Staff have won prestigious awards, from BAFTA in Interactive Arts to Core 77 Design Awards, as well as exhibiting work internationally and receiving major public funding from UK and international cultural organisations; Arts Council, The Wellcome Trust and The Henry Moore Foundation.

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above) and portfolio or evidence of involvement in related digital or media practice Relevant subjects: Art and Design, Media, Computing, Humanities or Social Science. Other subjects will be considered if a strong creative portfolio is in evidence

Core units: Principles of Media Arts; Critical Practice; Advanced Media Arts; Research & Practice.

If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

Optional units (choose one from the following): Master’s Production Project; Master’s Research Project.

See also: MSc Digital Music & Audio Production (161)

Course content

MA Media Arts Practice

The course

Focus on your future

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mamapf

Link to research themes

The knowledge and skills you will gain from this degree are advanced at this level and are in high demand from a variety of creative and cultural industries, such as; digital arts, digital media design, digital product development, digital media and print, advanced web and mobile media, exhibition design, sonic / audio arts and independent film production.

160

Media Production

MA Sound Design for Film & Television MA Sound Design for Film & Television

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience. A showreel should be submitted with the application form. An interview is required.

Applicants without a first degree but with significant industry experience may be considered in exceptional circumstances If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Digital Music & Audio Production (161)

The course BU was the first university to develop an MA degree in sound in the UK and continues to offer students the opportunity to harness their skills within The Media School’s vibrant production environment.

Through active participation in this course, you will advance your sound knowledge in a variety of different genres ranging from documentary to drama and animation. Relevant industry practice underpins teaching and learning methods on this course, which aims to enable you to develop creative opportunities in sound.

In collaboration with other disciplines from the postgraduate media production framework, you will learn how to work with sound more effectively in location and post-production environments. You will also have the opportunity to develop collaborative projects with computer-generated material through Bournemouth University’s National Centre for Computer Animation (NCCA) or via other creative ventures.

You will have the advantage of working in a range of tailor-made facilities, including specially built post-production sound studios, foley/commentary recording suites, as well as other Media School facilities. Programme specific sound resources are available to book 24 hours a day, seven days a week for most of the year.

Course content Core units: Sound Design & Theory; Narrative Constructions; Extended Sound Project; Professional Studies.

Optional units (choose one from the following): Master’s Production Project; Master’s Research Project.

Focus on your future This is a versatile and creative course that equips graduates to join the film, television or computer games industry in a variety of soundrelated roles.

What they say

Link to research themes

“The MA course at BU was a crucial stepping stone for me into the professional world of sound design and audio direction. Without the open and collaborative approach with film-makers and animation students, it is unlikely I would have succeeded at all in the highly competitive world of sound.”

Rob Bridgett, Senior Audio Director, Activision Blizzard

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/masdftf

Media Production

161

MSc Digital Music & Audio Production The music and audio industries are taking new directions: content is increasingly created and shared collaboratively, through online mediums. Recording artists are not distributing CDs any more, rather they are self-publishing on personal websites. This has led to a complete re-questioning and re-structuring of the music and audio industries, which is the core research question of the course.

The course takes into account the radical changes in the music industry as it has moved from the offline model of CD sales and radio to the online, dematerialised model of today - bringing with it new challenges and opportunities. It is delivered through a mix of practice-based research through the use of state-of-the-art audio production facilities and taught classes from academics and industry experts.

Course content Intellectual Property in the Digital Economy; Digital Music Production; Sound Aesthetics; Computer Music Technology; Research Methods, Networked Audio, Individual Master’s Project.

Focus on your future This course will prepare you for employment in sectors such as internet distribution, music production and post production, software engineering for music, composition for new media, and related disciplines.

What they say “This course is unique as it offers students a truly interdisciplinary skill set, delivered by experts from across BU; the Faculty of Science & Technology, The Media School and The Business School. It prepares students for employment in the fast-changing music industry which has radically drifted from a self-contained offline model to a distributed and virtualised model.”

Tom Davis, Lecturer in Music & Audio Technology

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £12,500 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above), in a relevant subject area or practitioners and professionals already employed in the music sector Relevant subjects: Music/Audio Technology If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MA Sound Design for Film & Television (160) MSc Computer Games Technology (56)

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msdmaf

MSc Digital Music & Audio Production

The course

162

Media Production

MA Radio Production MA Radio Production

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £12,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). An interview is required. Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience. Applicants without a first degree but with significant industry experience may be considered in exceptional circumstances If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MA Sound Design for Film & Television (160) MSc Digital Music & Audio Production (161)

The course Radio is undergoing dramatic changes, both in the way it is created and how we listen to it. This course will place you at the leading edge of an evolving industry. DAB, internet radio and podcasting are creating exciting opportunities for radio producers, and this course will enable you to take advantage of these new technologies, as well as more traditional media, and communicate in a creative and exciting way.

This course is highly practical and will allow you to work collaboratively with students from other disciplines to develop your technical skills. Hands-on exercises in programme-making will familiarise you with digital editing and mixing techniques, and you can put your skills to work at the university’s award-winning internet radio station, BIRSt.co.uk, where you will gain real experience of scheduling, managing and running a station.

A sound theoretical and commercial understanding is provided in key areas such as radio regulation and compliance, and the course builds towards a final production project in which you will create a complete 30-minute programme to broadcast standard. An alternative research-focused option is available if you feel that is more suited to your strengths. Production lecturers have experience of working for leading national radio stations and our industry guests cover a range of production genres. Many students engage with industry placements while on the course to compliment their studies.

Course content Core units: Radio Production & Theory; Radio Regulation and Compliance; Advanced Radio & Audio Production; Cross-Platform Practice.

Optional units (choose one from the following): Master’s Production Project; Master’s Research Project.

Focus on your future This course has been designed in consultation with major producers and production companies, and will provide you with the skills you need to excel in today’s radio industry. You are also able to gain certification as a practitioner in SADiE and industry standard editing software. Our graduates are employed at a range of highprofile organisations, including the BBC, local commercial radio and independent production companies plus many are successful freelancers.

Link to research themes

What they say Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

“My time on the course introduced me to the idea of radio as an art form, changing the way I approach the medium and helping my career as a radio producer.”

Tom Green, Producer (BBC Radio 1, 1Xtra and 6 Music) Somethin’ Else www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/marpf

Media Production

163

MA Creative & Media Education (part-time) This innovative course is designed for teachers of creative and media subjects, at all levels in schools, further education and higher education. MA Creative & Media Education is also aimed at those in relevant educational support and development roles who want to develop their knowledge and skills in one or more creative media disciplines.

This part-time distance-learning degree uses the latest online technologies, which enables you to negotiate study with a personal tutor. You can fashion the course to suit your own personal requirements within your own unique professional contexts.

MA Creative & Media Education aims to provide you with knowledge and skills relating both to current debates and practices in the creative industries, and the scholarship of teaching and learning.

The course consists of regular individual tutorials, both face-to-face and online, as well as one intensive, three-day residential each term.

The residentials typically feature master classes with leading figures from media education, together with skills workshops, enabling you to produce a range of learning resources for the classroom, and to develop your skills in areas such as interactive media (Flash, Dreamweaver), design (Photoshop, InDesign) and broadcast production (camera, editing).

You will join a community of creative researchers, sharing good practice and working collaboratively to address common issues around media education. The time you spend at work therefore contributes to the requirements of the course and what you learn immediately feeds into your teaching practice. Recent graduates have included art, media, film, journalism, television, music, IT, drama and English teachers, as well as learning technologists and museum educators.

Course content Industry; Production Practice; Pedagogy; Major Project Validation & Defence; Exhibition.

Focus on your future

Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 18 months Delivery methods: Part-time, online with residential elements Start date: May Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:1 or above). We are looking for teachers, college lecturers, and others in relevant educational support and development roles, who wish to develop their knowledge and skills.

An interview is required.

Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: 2D Visual Art, Advertising, 3D Visual Art, Computer Games, Radio, Music, Graphic Design, Photo Imaging, Interactive Media, Film, Animation, Publishing, Television If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 7.0 (with minimum 6.5 for writing and 6.0 in all other components) or equivalent

What they say “Choosing to do this is probably one of the top three best decisions I’ve ever made.”

2013 graduate and journalism teacher from Canada. www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/macmep

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

The course will provide you with the advanced knowledge and skills necessary for career progression and development, and will provide your school, college or university with an innovative leader in creative and media education. On completion of MA Creative & Media Education, you will be equipped to initiate change in your school, college or partnership, and will have developed a range of new techniques, skills and resources.

Key Facts

MA Creative & Media Education (part-time)

The course

164

Media Production

MA Scriptwriting MA Scriptwriting

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £12,000 Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours Degree, (2:1 or above). Applications are also welcome from experienced professionals working within the media industry.

Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience and will need to provide examples of creative writing with their application.

An interview is required.

Applicants without a first degree but with significant industry experience may be considered in exceptional circumstances If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 6.0 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

The course MA Scriptwriting is an intensive course that develops your scriptwriting skills for working in a rapidly-changing and multiplatform media landscape. You will write a range of projects for film, TV, radio and online, with a strong focus on script development, transmedia storytelling, and the role of the writer in the development process.

The course has a uniquely collaborative emphasis, ensuring that some of your work will be produced through close collaboration with students on MA Producing for Film and TV and MA Directing for Film and TV. Throughout the course, you will develop your ideas from concept to industry standard final draft, with a development process that includes research, pitching, presentations, script reading and networking events, workshop groups, tutorials, script editing, and rewriting for production.

You will be encouraged to nurture and reflect on your creative process and originality of voice, and to explore the contexts – critical, creative and industrial that inform scriptwriting today.

The course is taught by scriptwriting professionals and theorists, alongside an exciting programme of industry guest speakers.

The course is suitable for students who have previously developed their own creative writing projects within humanities or media production courses or with relevant professional experience.

Course content Core units: Writing from Location; Narrative Constructions; Approaches to Genre; Cross-Platform Practice.

Optional units (choose one from the following): Master’s Production Project; Master’s Research Project.

Focus on your future The knowledge and skills you will gain from this degree will enable you to pursue relevant roles in the film and television industries such as reader, scriptwriter, script editor, and creative producer.

What they say

Link to research themes

“A brilliantly informative and extremely well taught learning experience.”

Charles Woolward, Graduate

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/masf

Media Production

Build your own MA Short courses for Media Professionals Designed and delivered by The Media School and the Centre for Excellence in Media Practice, these courses feature a two-day ‘creative retreat’ (Friday and Saturday) where you will benefit from networking with other professionals, as well as developing your knowledge and skills. After the creative retreat, there are seven weeks of supported online tuition, which will culminate in a workbased assignment.

The online tuition means that you will not need to take valuable time off from work in order to study with us. There are over 50 media short courses for you to choose from, so you can pick the right course, or combination of courses to suit you.

These short courses are suitable for people with significant professional experience of the media/creative industries, and they attract postgraduate academic credits. Completing just three of these courses would qualify you for a Postgraduate Certificate. These courses can be taken individually or in combination with others from the portfolio to achieve a recognised postgraduate qualification in professional media practice, ultimately enabling you to build your own MA.

Courses available in:

Key Facts Delivered by: The Media School, Executive Business Centre, Lansdowne Campus Accreditations: We are partnered with leading media companies including Sony Computer Entertainment Europe Duration: Eight weeks: two days face-to-face delivery in Bournemouth, followed by seven weeks of online learning Delivery methods: Part-time, combining a twoday ‘creative retreat’ (usually in Bournemouth) and online distance learning for each short course

• Animation • Journalism • Marketing communications • Media production • Media management • Creative education.

Start date: Flexible, see website for full schedule of delivery

Focus on your future

Entry requirements: These courses are intended for media professionals with an undergraduate degree who have been working in a relevant industry for at least two years, or non-graduates with significant and relevant work experience (normally ten years) who can demonstrate an ability to both complete and benefit from the course

Aimed at working media professionals, these short courses are designed to provide you with professionally relevant learning that you can immediately apply to the workplace. These short courses have attracted applicants from the BBC, Sony, Pearson International, ITV, Channel 4 and NESTA, as well as freelancers working in the media and creative industries both in the UK and internationally.

What they say

Tuition fees: £850 for first course £750 for second and subsequent courses

Creative, Digital & Cognitive Science Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/mixtape

Link to research themes

“These short courses have been a fantastic way to enhance my academic and professional knowledge in a variety of different subject areas. The lecturers are great and so passionate about the courses they are delivering.”

Cathi Farrer, Short Course student

Short courses for Media Professionals

The courses

165

166

Course Listing Psychology MSc Clinical & Developmental Neuropsychology 168 MSc Foundations of Clinical Psychology 169

Psychology A commitment to the delivery of high-quality teaching by leading researchers and practicing professionals, means that studying psychology at BU can help you to make the most of your career opportunities.

Studying with us will give you the chance to gain a detailed knowledge of psychological theories and practice. We have expertise in many areas of clinical psychology and neuropsychology ensuring that taught content is backed up by up-to-date research. We have expertise in areas such as face recognition and its disorders, impairments in navigation, neurological conditions underlying excessive yawning, impairments in executive functions, and dyslexia, to name but a few.

Learning on our psychology courses is focused on two days a week. With our leading academics and practicing professionals from the Bournemouth and Dorset area you will explore a variety of approaches and conditions. We have established links with organisations and employers, such as the National Health Service, the Shelley Park Neurocare Centre and charities, to ensure we deliver well-informed, current and timely content.

We have a large group of researchers working in a wide variety of areas as part of the research teams of our academic staff. These teams include PhD students, MSc students and undergraduate research apprentices, and within these teams we encourage a collaborative and supportive environment. As an MSc student your research interests can also be pursued, with career opportunities in research available. We have a wide range of laboratories for use by all our students and academics, including a virtual reality laboratory, mobile and static eye-tracking facilities, mobile EEG facilities, new cognitive testing laboratories, and an observation suite.

Our courses provide a fascinating programme of study for those wishing to become researchers in these areas and for those seeking further professional development to give them a unique and relevant qualification in an increasingly competitive job market.

Psychology

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in psychology, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Emotional processing and episodic memory Glen Howells Cross-cultural comparison of emotional processing: A quantitative psychological study of healthy participants and chronic-pain patients from England, Italy and Japan Mariaelisa Santonastaso

The role of early-life psychological factors in the development of chronic disease: A longitudinal analysis applied to the onset of cancer, diabetes and asthma in mid-life Reuben Odongo Ogollah

167

168

Psychology

MSc Clinical & Developmental Neuropsychology

MSc Clinical & Developmental Neuropsychology

Key Facts Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time (delivery condensed into two days per week) Start date: September Tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: 2:1 classification in an undergraduate psychology degree. Those with less standard/traditional qualifications and relevant experience will be considered on a case-by-case basis Relevant subjects: Psychology If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 with minimum 6.5 in writing and 6.0 in all other components, or equivalent. See page 183

The course This course focuses on abnormal changes that occur in the human brain as a result of damage, disease or development and their cognitive and behavioural consequences from birth through to adulthood. You will study neurological disorders, their treatment, and what disorders can tell us about the functioning of the unimpaired mind and brain. Our clinical and developmental focus makes us unique.

The course will provide you with advanced knowledge of key mechanisms involved in cognitive changes evident throughout the lifespan, and a detailed understanding of disorders related to abnormal cognitive development. We will provide students with access to state-of-art research tools. You will also be given the opportunity to apply for clinical neuropsychological placements at a local neurocare facility.

Course content Research Project; Clinical & Cognitive Neuropsychology; Neurodevelopmental Disorders; Ageing & Neurodegenerative Disorders; Advanced Research Methods; Advanced Statistics; Presentation & Scientific Writing.

Focus on your future The content of this course will ensure you are an expert in the field of neuropsychology, giving you an in-depth knowledge of the normal development of the human mind and of the consequences of damage to the brain in childhood and adulthood. Moreover, this course will provide you with the necessary theoretical, statistical and methodological training required for PhD-level research. Gaining this qualification will evidence your ability to work with special populations, show you are able to manage large projects, and provide you with essential skills in an increasing competitive job market.

What they say “The adoption of the lifespan approach is one of the most exciting developments in neuropsychological research.”

Dr Jan Wiener, Senior Lecturer in Psychology

Link to research themes

“Access to the latest research tools and clinical neuropsychology placements provides students with a strong foundation for their future careers.”

Dr Benjamin Parris, Senior Lecturer in Psychology Health, Wellbeing & Society

Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mscdnf

Psychology

169

MSc Foundations of Clinical Psychology As a pre-clinical course, this Master’s degree offers you an opportunity for gaining in-depth knowledge of theories and practice in clinical psychological disorders and treatment approaches.

Whilst this course does not guarantee a place in clinical psychology training, it presents a thorough grounding for individuals. The course offers you a breadth of knowledge of the theories behind clinical psychological disorders together with comprehensive case histories and therapeutic approaches for each condition presented.

Over 40 experts from all over Dorset provide expertise through teaching, workshops and interactive role plays. The duration of the course is one year. The course assessment includes examinations, coursework, role play, presentations, and a critical literature review dissertation, which takes place towards the end of the year.

Our students normally enrol on the MSc course. However, it is possible to complete the taught subjects without proceeding to the dissertation, receiving a Postgraduate Diploma (PG Dip) award instead. The duration of the taught subjects is six months.

Course content PG Dip Level Units: Advanced Research Methods; Advanced Statistics; Roots & Range of Psychological Disorders; Psychological Therapy. MSc Level Units: Same as PG Dip Level plus Dissertation.

Focus on your future The qualification provides an opportunity to apply for careers within the NHS, not only in a therapeutic setting but also in management. Graduates of the course can choose to take a career path in psychological research. The faculty is active in research and enterprise, and has a well-established base in psychology. There is an active research and publication arena within the Psychology Research Centre, and links with the wider faculty and university are encouraged.

What they say

Delivered by: Faculty of Science & Technology, Talbot Campus Duration: 1 year Delivery methods: Full-time (delivery condensed into two days per week) Start date: September Tuition fees: UK/EU: £5,500 Non-EU: £12,500 Entry requirements: 2:1 classification in an undergraduate psychology degree. Those with less standard/traditional qualifications and relevant experience will be considered on a case-bycase basis. An offer of a place will be conditional upon a CRB check Relevant subjects: Psychology If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 7.0 with minimum 6.5 in writing and 5.5 in all other components, or equivalent. See page 183

Health, Wellbeing & Society Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msfcpf

Link to research themes

“This MSc offers a comprehensive knowledge of clinical approaches and is possible due to our network of clinical experts who deliver teaching to this programme. This MSc was shortlisted for the National TIMES Higher Education Awards 2012.”

Dr Simon Thompson, Associate Professor of Clinical Psychology & Neuropsychology

Key Facts

MSc Foundations of Clinical Psychology

The course

170

Course Listing Tourism, Hospitality & Events MSc Events Management 172 MSc Events Marketing 173 MSc Hotel & Food Services Management 178 MSc International Hospitality & Tourism Management 177 MSc Sustainable Tourism Planning 176 MSc Tourism Management 174 MSc Tourism Management & Marketing 175

Tourism, Hospitality & Events We recognise that services are continuing to overtake manufacturing as the dominant force for international trade and economic growth.

We offer a well-established portfolio of tourism, hospitality and events courses designed to meet the present and future needs of managers, executives and other professionals. We focus on the ‘consumer experience’, developing your management, research and analytical skills to be able to operate at a high level within the industry.

We want you to be part of the unique synergy within the School of Tourism, which recognises the contribution of all tourism sectors as agents of change and development at all geographical levels from global to local community.

There has never been a more exciting time to study tourism, hospitality and events in the UK. The ease of booking on the internet and the rise of online ‘communities’, the emergence of low-cost airline carriers and budget hotels, and the continuing growth of festivals and ‘mega-events’ worldwide create interesting challenges and opportunities for the tourism, hospitality and events industry.

We are proud of the world-class research we carry out in the International Centre for Tourism & Hospitality Research and the Centre for Event & Sport Research. The strong link between our research and taught postgraduate degrees means that you will be studying alongside leading academics whose research has a global impact.

Don’t just take our word for it! During the last six years, we have been voted first for tourism in The Guardian league tables, and were awarded United Nations World Tourism Organisation (UNWTO)TedQual status, and Institute for Travel and Tourism Centre of Excellence status.

All Master’s students are offered academic support from the School of Tourism’s dedicated study support lecturers. This involves weekly classes, one-to-one tutorials and email contact.

Tourism, Hospitality & Events

Research degrees MRes, MPhil, PhD If you are interested in studying for a research qualification in tourism, hospitality or events, then we’d be very interested in talking to you. We’re always on the lookout for talented people who can join our world-leading research offering to help us blend the best in education, professional practice and research.

Below is a list of research thesis titles that have been completed recently in this area. They give a flavour of the diverse areas of research that we support.

Previous research thesis titles Leadership and motivation in hospitality Steven Boyne

Customer satisfaction in Malaysian Malay restaurants: A grounded theory approach Sarimah Ismail

The role of social relationships in the setting up and management of small tourism businesses in two Portuguese rural areas Deolinda Goretti Vas Da Silva Rebelo

Developing authentic foodservice to support the development of tourist attractions in Ghana Augusta Frempong-Adjei

A virtual ethnography of the Black Flag Cafe: A forum for people who travel to dangerous places Victoria Lindsay-Towner Reviewing the carbon footprint assessment of tourism: Developing and evaluating Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) to introduce a more holistic approach to existing methodologies Viachaslau Filimonau Technology adoption determinants: Strategic management implications for small, owner-managed travel firms in Jamaica Andrew Spencer The poetics of sensory-spatial experience in varieties of leisure consumption and the diversity of cultural ecology Charles McIntyre Mega-events, community stakeholders and legacy: London 2012 Deborah Sadd

The perceptions of members of the Karen and Hmong hill tribes of the impacts upon their communities resulting from the development of tourism in northern Thailand Kanokkarn Kaewnuch Tourism development in transition economies: An evaluation of the development of a Black Sea coastal destination during a period of political and socio-economic transition Svetla Stoyanova-Bozhkova Consumer perceptions and experiences of relationships with service organisations: Financial, travel and tourism organisations Dorothea Cramer An evaluation of tourism stakeholder relationships: A case study of Agra, India Samrat Hazra

171

172

Tourism, Hospitality & Events

MSc Events Management MSc Events Management

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Tourism, Talbot Campus Duration: 12-15 months. (2 years with work placement). Part-time option available Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September, January Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: All subjects considered If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Events Marketing (173)

The course Events occur in many aspects of our professional and personal lives, such as conferences, exhibitions, product launches, corporate functions, weddings, sport events, political events, community events and festivals. The events field is one that can be fast paced yet rewarding and satisfying.

This course will provide you with the opportunity to develop skills essential for working in the events sector, using theories and processes of project and operational management. You will learn about the entire event management cycle, including planning, design, implementation and evaluation of a variety of events. As an academically driven course, you will learn to critically evaluate a range of theories and models relevant to events management.

The practical element of this course focuses on the application of these theories and models to event examples, including the organisation of your own live event, as part of a group. The course has strong links with industry through applied case studies, guest lectures and includes an optional work placement, providing further hands-on experience and understanding of the industry. We are looking for applicants who enjoy working with people from a diverse range of cultural backgrounds, are skilled multi-taskers, able to adapt to varying demands and workloads, flexible with their time, and full of energy, creativity and enthusiasm. If that sounds like you, then this could be the ideal course.

Course content Event Principles & Practice; Business Strategy & Finance; Managing Organisations; Events Management; Project Management for Events; one optional unit (see website for details); Dissertation.

Focus on your future Our graduates hold senior management positions in specific events and festivals, event management companies, hotels, visitor attractions, sports clubs, charities, PR companies and communications companies. Several others have gone on to set up their own events businesses. Alumni include an events manager for a five-star hotel chain, events manager at Beach Break Live Music Festival, marketing director at an advertising agency, and the organiser of accommodation for the England football team.

What they say Link to research themes

Leisure, Recreation & Tourism Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

“The best things about the course were the fact that both the academic staff and the students are from a multinational origin. This provides different perspectives and opinions.

My experience at BU was enriching and educational and has helped my current career development by giving me knowledge and different perspectives on special events.”

Christina Tzoneva, Graduate www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msemf

Tourism, Hospitality & Events

173

MSc Events Marketing Events Marketing is one of the fastest growing areas of marketing and is part of the experiential marketing domain. In a competitive marketing environment organisations are now using events to achieve their marketing objectives. Through personal and memorable experiences organisations engage with their consumers and encourage them to interact with their brand, product or service.

This can be through live events such as concerts, parties, trade shows, sporting events or conferences.

In this course you will learn about the most recent developments in a range of critical areas of events marketing such as sponsorship/ branding, new media campaigns (guerrilla and ambush), PR stunts and virtual events/hybrid events. All aspects of marketing communications are discussed to enable you to prepare an integrated events marketing communications plan.

You will start the course by developing a sound understanding of management principles as well as of the events industry. You will understand the strategic, finance and organisational context in which organisations operate in order to come up with events marketing solutions that satisfy the organisation’s marketing communication briefs.

As an academically driven course, you will learn to critically evaluate a range of theories and models relevant to events marketing. The course has strong links with industry through applied case studies and guest lectures, and includes an optional work placement.

Course content Events Principles & Practice; Managing Organisations; Business Strategy & Finance; Event Marketing Communication; Contemporary Events Marketing; one optional unit (see website for details); Dissertation.

Focus on your future There is a real need for professionals who have expertise when it comes to engaging customers through events and that need is likely to grow further in future years. As a graduate from this course, you’ll be in the perfect position to capitalise on that. The roles you can expect to perform in event management companies or corporate marketing departments include: marketing director, brand manager, campaign manager, event manager, events executive, account manager, marketing executive, internal communications executive or marketing events executive.

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Tourism, Talbot Campus Duration: 12-15 months. (2 years with work placement). Part-time option available Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September, January Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: All subjects considered If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.5 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Events Management (172)

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msemkf

Leisure, Recreation & Tourism Communities, Cultures & Conflicts

Link to research themes

What they say “This course is one of the first Master’s in the world dedicated to the use of events for marketing purposes, which is one of the fastest growing areas of marketing.”

Dr Miguel Moital, Course Leader

MSc Events Marketing

The course

174

Tourism, Hospitality & Events

MSc Tourism Management MSc Tourism Management

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Tourism, Talbot Campus Accreditations: United Nations World Tourism Organisation (UNWTO) Duration: 12-15 months. (2 years with work placement). Part-time option available Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September, January Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: All subjects considered If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Tourism Management & Marketing (175)

Link to research themes

Leisure, Recreation & Tourism Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

The course There has never been a better time to embark on a postgraduate course in tourism management. The diversity of international tourist, experiences, emerging markets, online reservation and review sites, the spread of low-cost airlines and the rise of budget hotels have created increasing challenges and opportunities for managers throughout the tourism industry. Globally, tourism employs 1 in 11 people worldwide, accounts for 9% of the GDP and generates $1.3 trillion in exports (WTO, 2013).

This course brings together the complexity of the tourism industry with expertise in business management and strategy. It provides an in-depth understanding of key issues, challenges and developments in tourism management, with particular focus on the relationships between tourism and the wider trans-national economic, environmental and socio-cultural contexts. This course aims to develop your management, research and analytical skills to allow you to operate at a high level within this dynamic industry. During your studies, you will gain access to industry experts, with the opportunity to take a professional work placement, network and share knowledge and experience.

The course is delivered by world-class academics who are actively involved in research and consultancy, ensuring that the curriculum and discussions are informed by cutting-edge knowledge and practice. Our staff includes Professors Dimitrios Buhalis, John Fletcher, Adam Blake, Adele Ladkin and Stephen Page. The course also features a range of academic and industry guest lectures, field trips and opportunities to engage in conferences and events organised by our faculty members.

Course content Tourism & Hospitality Principles & Practice; Business Strategy & Finance; Managing Organisations; Tourism Management & Society; Managing Visitor Attractions; one optional unit (see website for details); Dissertation.

Focus on your future Our graduates hold senior management positions in tour operators and travel agencies, airlines, the cruise industry, hotel chains and government tourism ministries. Alumni include the manager of a four-star hotel in Qatar, the Head of Research for the Ministry of Tourism in Slovenia, a senior official in the Peruvian Tourism Ministry, the Head of Tourism for the Azores Islands and the Secretary General of the Kurokawa Onsen Tourist Inn Association, Japan.

What they say “The academic staff at BU are very good and I got to know so many great people from different countries and cultures. I am happy that I decided to do my Master’s degree at BU; if I had to decide again I would definitely opt for Bournemouth as I found exactly what I was looking for.”

Katrin Neber, Sales Support Executive, British Airways, Frankfurt www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mstmf

Tourism, Hospitality & Events

175

MSc Tourism Management & Marketing The growing competition in the tourism industry and on-going technological innovations creates increasing challenges for tourism marketing. This course reviews the range of key issues and developments in the tourism industry, with particular focus on the relationships between tourism, marketing and media, providing you with the tools to develop your career and become a leader in an everchanging business environment.

The course aims to establish your understanding of the principles of tourism marketing management, providing you with a framework upon which to understand business development and marketing planning. Specifically, it examines the relationships between the customer experience and marketing organisations, research, planning, budgeting, marketing strategies and communication.

You will develop a critical understanding of contemporary issues in marketing and the ability to question current marketing patterns and trends. The speed of change in the global tourism industry means that students need to be kept abreast of contemporary issues. This is achieved through our close links with industry and the opportunity for students to engage in events organised by our faculty members as well as a professional work placement.

This course is delivered by a team of research-active, internationally recognised experts with a wide range of industry and academic experience. These include, Dr Philip Alford and Professor Dimitrios Buhalis who is one of the most cited authors in the world on tourism marketing and e-tourism. This ensures that discussion in lectures and seminars is informed by both cutting-edge research and practice.

Course content Tourism & Hospitality Principles & Practice; Business Strategy & Finance; Managing Organisations; Marketing for Tourism & Hospitality; eTourism; one optional unit (see website for details); Dissertation.

Focus on your future Our graduates hold senior management positions in tour operations and travel agencies, airlines, the cruise industry, hotel chains and government tourism ministries. Alumni include senior managers in firms like TripAdvisor, Booking.com, FTI Group, PR Officer for The Advanced School of Tourism in Greece and government official in the Turkish Ministry of Culture and Tourism.

What they say

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mstmmf

Delivered by: School of Tourism, Talbot Campus Accreditations: United Nations World Tourism Organisation (UNWTO) Duration: 12-15 months. (2 years with work placement). Part-time option available Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September, January Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: All subjects considered If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Tourism Management (174)

Leisure, Recreation & Tourism Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

Link to research themes

“I was very impressed with the level of experience of all the tourism lecturers and really enjoyed their methods of teaching. I was constantly challenged and impressed with their knowledge and engagement within tourism. BU was a great year in my life.”

Joanna Matloka, Account Manager, Northern and Eastern EU, TripAdvisor

Key Facts

MSc Tourism Management & Marketing

The course

176

Tourism, Hospitality & Events

MSc Sustainable Tourism Planning MSc Sustainable Tourism Planning

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Tourism, Talbot Campus Accreditations: United Nations World Tourism Organisation (UNWTO) Duration: 12-15 months. (2 years with work placement). Part-time option available Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September, January Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above) or substantial relevant industrial experience at senior management level.

Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: All subjects considered If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183

The course Sustainable tourism is a crucial topic for the global tourism industry, worldwide destinations, government authorities, and academic institutions as well as planning and policy makers in international organisations. The aim of this course is to provide a critical awareness of the value and benefits of sustainable planning for tourism management and knowledge of cutting-edge approaches to sustainable development, including the green economy.

You will benefit from learning about sustainability science and management principles to implement in the industry, in destinations and policy agencies.You’ll have lectures on sustainable development theory and practice, current debates, economic, environmental and socio-cultural impacts of tourism, traditional planning approaches and recent shifts, tourist satisfaction, corporate social responsibility, tourism issues in World Heritage Sites and in Small Island Developing States, and contemporary challenges (climate change, disasters and economic crisis affecting destinations around the world).

You will gain an in-depth knowledge of these topics and learn from internationally renowned academic experts as well as guest lectures from the industry and public organisations. Our lecturers have been invited by leading international organisations such as United Nations Secretariat in New York, UNESCO, UNEP and UNWTO to share their viewpoints on sustainable tourism.You will also have the opportunity to undertake a professional work placement.

Course content Tourism & Hospitality Principles & Practice; Business Strategy & Finance; Managing Organisations; Critical Issues in Tourism Development & Planning; Tourism Impacts & Management; one optional unit (see website for details); Dissertation.

Focus on your future Graduates from our tourism courses are working all over the world for leading organisations, and this degree will allow you to capitalise on the international scope of the tourism industry. You’ll be qualified to work in the public sector (with international, national and regional agencies) and with private sector development and management companies.

Our graduates have been successful in getting jobs in diverse fields, including hotels, tour operators and regional and national tourism offices in the UK and around the world.

What they say Link to research themes

Leisure, Recreation & Tourism Biodiversity, Environmental Change & Green Economy

“Bournemouth acted as a great learning platform. The teaching staff actively encouraged my research skills development and importantly gave me the confidence to see my own potential.”

Christy Hehir, Research and Evaluation Specialist, VisitBritain (UK’s National Tourism Agency) www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msstpf

Tourism, Hospitality & Events

MSc International Hospitality & Tourism Management This course is intended to provide you with both an advanced understanding of the hospitality and tourism industry as well as a managerial perspective of how to run such operations. On completion of this Master’s degree, you will have the capacity to be involved in more analytical and developmental perspectives of the industries and will develop a more strategic insight of the industry and issues affecting hospitality and tourism than at undergraduate level.

Equally, this course will provide the opportunity for you to identify and engage with selected areas of specialism within the hospitality industry such as consumer behaviour, marketing, international human resource management, revenue management and international market trends.

You will also have access to a wide range of extra curricular activities and qualifications, such as our visiting speakers programme featuring representatives from Hilton International, Shangri-la Hotels, Fairmont Hotels and Le Manoir aux Quat Saisons. You will have the opportunity to attend our annual hospitality student conference and to undertake added-value courses such as the Wine & Spirits Trust Award, trips to the World Travel Market, London and the HOTS Hotel Simulation package.

The School of Tourism has been undertaking degrees in this area for more than 35 years and has a world renowned reputation and extensive international network of alumni and employers who both recognise and specifically recruit from these courses.

Course content Tourism & Hospitality Principles & Practice; Managing Organisations; Business Strategy & Finance; Hospitality Operations Management; Issues in International Hospitality & Tourism Management; one optional unit (see website for details); Dissertation.

Focus on your future Graduates from this course have found a range of positions in international hotel groups and food service organisations in both the United Kingdom, the USA and in their home countries (such as Thailand, China and India). Many of our graduates enter large organisations either as part of a management development scheme or in order to gain practical experience before being appointed to management roles. This said, many of our graduates have also returned to their home environments and taken over their family business or have developed business opportunities of their own.

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Tourism, Talbot Campus Accreditations: United Nations World Tourism Organisation (UNWTO) Duration: 12-15 months. (2 years with work placement). Part-time option available Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September, January Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: All subjects considered If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc Hotel & Food Services Management (178)

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msihtf

Leisure, Recreation & Tourism Entrepreneurship & Economic Growth

Link to research themes

What they say “The course is delivered within a specialist School in which there is a specific focus on hospitality and tourism.”

Andrew Boer, Course Leader

MSc International Hospitality & Tourism Management

The course

177

178

Tourism, Hospitality & Events

MSc Hotel & Food Services Management MSc Hotel & Food Services Management

Key Facts Delivered by: School of Tourism, Talbot Campus Duration: 12-15 months. (2 years with work placement). Part-time option available Delivery methods: Full-time, Part-time Start date: September, January Full-time tuition fees: UK/EU: £7,000 Non-EU: £13,000 Part-time tuition fees: Please see website for details Entry requirements: Qualification equivalent to a UK Honours degree (2:2 or above). Applicants are encouraged to provide details of relevant work experience Relevant subjects: All subjects considered If English is not your first language: IELTS (Academic) 6.0 (with minimum 5.5 in each component) or equivalent.

See page 183 See also: MSc International Hospitality & Tourism Management (177)

The course This Master’s degree is intended to provide you with both an advanced understanding of the hotel and food services industries as well as a managerial perspective of how to run such operations. When you graduate you will have the capacity to be involved in more analytical and developmental perspectives of food and hotel operations and develop a more strategic insight of the issues affecting them than at undergraduate level.

The emphasis of this course is on accommodation management, food and drink, and the food service sector. As such, this is a course with an operational management focus although it will also provide you with the opportunity to identify and engage with selected areas of specialism within these industries such as revenue management, IT applications and human resource management.

You will also have access to a wide range of extra curricular activities and qualifications, such as our visiting speakers programme, featuring representatives from Hilton International, Shangri-la Hotels, Fairmont Hotels, Le Manoir aux Quat Saisons and many more. You will have the opportunity to attend our annual hospitality student conference and the opportunity to undertake added-value courses such as the Wine & Spirits Trust Award, trips to the World Travel Market, London and the HOTS Hotel Simulation package.

The School of Tourism has been undertaking degrees in this area for more than 35 years and has a world renowned reputation and extensive international network of alumni and employers who both recognise and specifically recruit from these courses.

Course content Tourism & Hospitality Principles & Practice; Managing Organisations; Business Strategy & Finance; Hospitality Operations Management; Issues in International Hotel & Food Service Management; one optional unit (see website for details); Dissertation.

Focus on your future Graduates from this course have found a range of positions in international hotel groups and food service organisations in both the United Kingdom, the USA and in their home countries (such as Thailand, China and India). Many of our graduates enter large organisations either as part of a management development scheme or in order to gain practical experience before being appointed to management roles. This said, many of our graduates have also returned to their home environments and taken over their family business or have developed business opportunities of their own.

Link to research themes

What they say Leisure, Recreation & Tourism

“Our graduates will develop a broad range of professional, technical and transferrable skills required by the industry.”

Andrew Boer, Course Leader www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/mshfmf

New courses Here at BU, we are constantly reviewing and evaluating our courses to make sure that they will produce graduates with the skills and abilities that industry needs. As a result, it means our portfolio of courses is often being added to, or courses are updated. For the latest information on all of our courses, visit www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ courses. You’ll find more information about all of the courses listed in this prospectus, as well as the exciting proposed new courses below: • MSc Physiotherapy www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msptf • MSc Occupational Therapy www.bournemouth.ac.uk/courses/msotf

179

180

Your application Applying online Applications to all BU taught postgraduate courses should be made direct to BU via our Online Application System.

Other ways to apply If the course(s) you would like to apply for cannot accept online applications, you can download the BU application form instead (via the BU website at www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ howtoapply) or request a copy of the form from the askBU Enquiry Service.

Email: askBUenquiries@ bournemouth.ac.uk or call +44 (0)1202 961916 Where do I send my printed application form?

Printed application forms should be sent to: Student Administration Bournemouth University Melbury House 1-3 Oxford Road Bournemouth, BH8 8ES UK Emailed forms can be sent to direct@bournemouth.ac.uk Application deadline There is no official closing date for applying but some courses fill up quickly so it is advisable to apply as early as possible.

Admission is normally only considered for the year of entry specified on the offer letter. Occasionally it may be possible to delay your entry until the following year. If you have an offer and are unable to join us at your original start date, you will need to contact your School/ Faculty or the International Admissions Team to discuss whether deferral is an option.

What should I put in my application?

You are encouraged to provide the following information in support of your application: • Details of your education history • Your academic qualifications • Your language skills (if English is not your first language, you must include details of your English language qualifications) • A personal statement, which outlines the reasons for choosing the course, career aspirations and other relevant information • Two references (at least one of which should be academic) • Details of your employment history and work experience (if applicable).

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

Overall, full details which demonstrate your enthusiasm, motivation and a genuine interest in your chosen course(s) of study, as well as your potential to succeed, should be provided.

Information in support of your application can be uploaded via our Online Application System. If you are submitting hard copy forms, you should submit supporting information with the fully completed application form.

These include certified photocopies of academic certificates and results in each subject. If these are not in English, you will need to include certified translation of the academic certificates.

Any English language qualifications, such as IELTS, should also be sent in, if they are available at the time of application.

For further details on how to apply please visit www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ pg-apply Other important information We will need to see all your original certificates at enrolment. Please don’t post original copies of your certificates.

181

What happens next?

When we have received your application, we will assess your suitability for the course(s) you have chosen. If you are submitting hard copy documentation in the post when you have applied online, this will delay the application process as we cannot proceed until we have received all the required information.

Applications for some courses will require that you attend an interview (or a Skype interview) or selection test, but we will let you know if this is necessary once we have received your fully completed application.

If you apply via our Online Application System, details of our decision will be available on the online applications portal, in addition to your offer letter.

If your application is successful, you must choose whether you want to accept or decline the offer. If you are joining us from overseas, you will need to pay a deposit to secure your place by a given deadline. Further details on deposits can be found on page 184.

Where can I get more help?

If you have any further questions about completing your application, or would like to speak to a member of staff, then please feel free to contact us by calling +44 (0)1202 961916 or emailing our askBU Enquiry Service at: askBUenquiries@ bournemouth.ac.uk BU international representatives If you are an international student, you can submit your application through a BU international representative in your own country. They can assist you with the application process and liaise with BU on your behalf.

The International Marketing & Student Recruitment Team can provide further information. Email them at: internationalrecruitment@ bournemouth.ac.uk or call +44 (0)1202 961604 For information on BU Representatives in your country visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ representatives Research degrees For information on the application process, or for general enquiries about research degrees, please visit: www.bournemouth. ac.uk/graduateschool

Applying for a visa If you are a student from outside the European Economic Area (EEA) and you intend to travel to the UK to study a course that is longer than six months in duration, then you will need to apply for a Tier 4 (General) Student Visa. The Home Office regularly reviews its policies, and applicants are recommended to check its website for the most upto-date information. Please note that a Tier 4 (General) Student Visa is for full-time study only.

What will I need to apply for a visa?

You will receive a Confirmation of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) from BU, once you have received and formally accepted an unconditional offer and paid your deposit. You will also need to satisfy any requirements (for example, financial or English language) as set out by the Home Office.

For full details visit: www.ukba.homeoffice. gov.uk/visas-immigration/ studying

182

Entry requirements BU is an excellent place to study, with great facilities and friendly committed staff. We recruit strong candidates to all of our postgraduate degrees, and are keen to ensure we give due consideration to a wide variety of qualifications, and previous experience.

Academic entry route The normal requirement for embarking upon a taught Master’s degree is a UK Bachelor’s (Honours) degree (or equivalent).

For post-experience and professional qualifications there may be additional entry requirements set by the associated professional body. The profiles on our website (www. bournemouth.ac.uk/courses) will provide full details of any extra requirements.

Alternatively, you are encouraged to get in touch with the askBU Enquiry Service if in any doubt (see page 34).

You can also prove your suitability for a course if you can demonstrate learning through experience, such as portfolios, records of achievements and so on. A combination of academic achievement and experience may also be acceptable when applying for one of our courses.

You may also be able to gain credit towards your degree from work experience or academic study you have already undertaken.

We recognise that our applicants possess an extensive range of skills and knowledge obtained from a variety of professional, educational and community settings for which we may be able to provide credit.

Please contact our askBU Enquiry Service (email: askBUenquiries@ bournemouth.ac.uk or call +44 (0)1202 961916) who will provide you with information on applying via the APL (Accredited Prior Learning) route.

Pathway to Master’s degree If you do not have the appropriate qualifications equivalent to a UK Bachelor’s (Honours) degree to gain direct entry to a Master’s degree at BU, we still have opportunities for you to pursue your study goals.

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

If you have obtained one of the following qualifications with the appropriate grades after studying at an institution in the UK or overseas, BU offers you the opportunity to complete a one-year Top-up degree as a pathway to a BU Master’s (MA, MSc): • Foundation degree or Higher National Diploma (HND) • Overseas qualifications that are equivalent to the first two years of a UK undergraduate course (i.e. equivalent to Level 5 on the Qualification Framework for England, Wales and Northern Ireland).

A Top-up degree enables you to ‘top up’ or add the final year of a UK Bachelor’s degree to your existing qualifications, which will have been confirmed as equivalent to the first two years of a UK degree. This means you could obtain two UK qualifications in two years: a Bachelor’s degree and a Master’s degree.

183

Successful completion of a Top-up degree with good grades (normally a secondclass degree) may lead to entry to a Master’s degree in a relevant field. To find out the exact progression route from Top-up course to Master’s, please visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ topup-degrees Discount for BU graduates BU offers a good loyalty discount to its graduates, so if you continue your Master’s degree following successful completion of the Top-up degree, or you have previously studied at BU, you will enjoy a 20% fee reduction for your postgraduate study at BU. In addition, if you pay in full before or at enrolment, you will get another 5% discount, making a total of 25% off the Master’s fees.

Pre-Master’s programmes International applicants can also study for a Pre-Master’s programme offered at the BU International College.

See page 30 for more information.

English language requirements If English is not your first language, you will need to provide evidence that you can read, write, speak and understand English to a satisfactory level.

The information below will give you a guide to the university’s minimum English language entry requirements. However, particular English language requirements for your course will be noted in the offer letter sent to you by the university.

BU’s English language entry requirements are set in line with the Home Office’s requirements for a Tier 4 (General) Student Visa. We recommend applicants keep up to date with any developments through the Home Office’s website (www.ukba.homeoffice. gov.uk/visas-immigration/ studying).

Postgraduate taught degrees For most of our courses the English language entry requirement is normally a minimum of one of the following: • IELTS (Academic) 6.0 with a minimum score of 5.5 in each component (Reading, Writing, Speaking and Listening), or equivalent

• Successful completion of the Pre-sessional English for University Study Programme (see page 30).

Research degrees The English language requirement for entry to a research degree is normally a minimum of: • IELTS (Academic) 6.5 or 7.0 with a minimum score of 5.5 in each component (Reading, Writing, Speaking and Listening), or equivalent • Successful completion of the Pre-sessional English for University Study Programme (see page 30).

If you have alternative evidence of English language proficiency (e.g. you have a different English language qualification, you received the majority of your education through the medium of English, or you have a degree from a UK university), please indicate this on your application.

184

Tuition fees and funding You can find the tuition fee for your course in the ‘Key Facts’ box on the course page. They range from £5,000 to £11,000 for UK and European Union (EU) students and £11,000 to £14,000 for international (non-EU) students.

All fees refer to full-time courses. For information relating to part-time courses, please contact our askBU Enquiry Service; see page 34 for details.

Equivalent Level Qualification (ELQ) The UK Government reviewed the way that it provides funding to support Higher Education. As a consequence, financial support will not be available to you if you are a student from the EU embarking on a qualification which is equivalent to, or lower than, a qualification that you already have. However, BU will not be charging a higher fee for students on ELQ courses. See www. bournemouth.ac.uk/funding Paying your tuition fees Tuition fees are payable in full before the start of the course. It is possible to pay in three instalments – the first payment (34% of the course fee) will be taken when you register and pay online, and the second instalment (a further 33%) will be taken three months after the first payment. The final payment

(the remaining 33%) will be taken six months after the first payment.

Our online registration and payment system will clearly show the payment options available to you.

Arrangements to pay your tuition fees will need to be agreed when you register online and therefore before enrolment.

The university accepts credit/ debit cards, bank transfers, banker’s drafts, cheques (in pounds sterling) and cash. Tuition fees are nonrefundable.

Please refer to our Fees Policy at www. bournemouth.ac.uk/feespolicy for full information about payment and refunds.

Deposits If you are an international (non-EU) student, you will need to pay a deposit of £2,000 to secure your place on a course.

In some instances the deposit requirements may vary. The amount you need to pay will be stated in your offer letter.

Your place is not secure until the deposit has been received. If the deposit is not received by the specified deadline (as indicated in your offer letter), the university reserves the right to withdraw its offer.

Please note that BU will not be able to issue you with a

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

Confirmation of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) for visa application purposes until your deposit has been received.

UK/EU students are not required to pay a deposit.

Discounts If you pay the full amount of your tuition fees before or at enrolment, you will be entitled to a reduction of 5%.

BU graduates proceeding on to further study at BU are eligible for a 20% ‘loyalty’ discount on their first year fee. The maximum discount available in any one academic year is up to 25% of the published fee.

There are also discounts for BU staff members and family.

See www.bournemouth. ac.uk/pg-fees for more information.

International (non-EU) students BU offers a range of postgraduate scholarships for students from outside the UK. Each year over 100 international students are awarded a BU scholarship – most of them at postgraduate level. See page 192 for more information.

Students from the United States who wish to apply their federal loan/aid to their studies at BU may do so.

The University’s OPE ID is G33503.

185

UK (and eligible EU) students As well as the BU scholarships that are awarded to eligible UK/EU applicants (see page 192), the following funding sources are also available: Professional and Career Development Loan This helps you pay for jobrelated education or training.

You can borrow between £300 and £10,000 to fund up to two years of learning. The Skills Funding Agency will pay the interest on the loan while you’re studying and for one month afterwards, then you repay over the fixed period at the interest rate set at the time of the loan. To be eligible, you’ll need to be aged 18 or over, settled in the UK and intending to work in the UK/EU or EEA when the course finishes. You can find out more at www.gov.uk/ career-development-loans Access to Learning Fund This is a non-repayable award, intended to provide help to students who encounter financial difficulties during their studies, but is not intended to meet the bulk of the funding. If you encounter financial difficulties, you can apply for a grant of up to £750.

Your employer If you are currently employed and a Master’s degree will increase your knowledge in your field and enable you to operate more efficiently, it may be worth asking your employer whether they have a budget for training staff.

This could cover some or all of your costs.

Funding your postgraduate study yourself This could involve taking a loan from your bank or shopping around for a loans company that can offer you competitive rates and repayments. Remember, postgraduate degrees can be time-consuming and demanding and you may not be able to spend too long working, so make sure you will be comfortable making the repayments. You may be able to negotiate an increased overdraft with your bank to help finance your studies, or use savings to invest in your future.

BU has a team of advisers on hand to help you with your budgeting; you can contact them via the Students’ Union (www.subu.org.uk).

For more information, please email the askBU Enquiry Service at askBUenquiries@ bournemouth.ac.uk

Research Councils The Research Councils fund a range of world-class research. They also invest in postgraduate training.

Industry and commercial companies also contribute to CASE studentships (Cooperative Awards in Science and Engineering) offered by a number of Research Councils.

Charities, Foundations and Trusts There are a number of other funding bodies and charities which offer financial support to both postgraduate taught and research students. You can find more information at: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ pg-funding Funding for UK students with disabilities If you are from the UK and you are on a full-time, parttime or distance learning postgraduate course and have impairment-related course costs, you may be eligible for a Disabled Students’ Allowance (DSA).

Students from outside the UK are not eligible. For more details visit www.gov.uk/disabledstudents-allowances-dsas

186

Accommodation Whether you are moving to a new region or country, we try to make the move as easy as possible. We put your mind at rest by doing all we can to make sure that accommodation is arranged before you arrive at BU. Is a place in university accommodation guaranteed?

We guarantee a room in student accommodation for all postgraduate students, regardless of start date, provided you apply by the relevant deadlines (see www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ pg-accommodation for more information).

This accommodation may be managed by BU, or one of our private sector partners, UNITE PLC, The Student Housing Company and Campus Living Villages.

What type of accommodation is available?

Most postgraduate shared accommodation includes a mix of male and female students, which often comprises various nationalities. Shared flats typically house between four and six students, each with their own bedroom (many with en-suite). There are also self-contained studio apartments for those who do not wish to share.

All accommodation provides internet access to each bedroom or apartment.

We have several different options available:

Talbot Campus Student Village Studios (owned by BU) For students studying at the Talbot Campus, these selfcontained studio apartments (single occupancy only) are situated adjacent to the Talbot Campus, about three kilometres from Bournemouth town centre and the Lansdowne Campus. Regular university buses run to and from the Lansdowne Campus from morning until evening, Monday to Friday during term time. Public buses also run on this route throughout the week and at weekends.

Poole Corfe House (owned by UNITE PLC) For students studying at the Talbot Campus, this 308-bed en-suite residence is situated in Poole town centre and is nine kilometres from Talbot Campus. It is very close to the shops, bus station and train station. It is also a short walk from Poole Park and Poole Quay with its popular amenities. The university’s subsidised bus service runs a regular direct service to Talbot Campus during term time and there are regular public buses to Bournemouth town centre

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

throughout the week and at weekends.

Bournemouth Okeford House (owned by Signpost Homes) This accommodation houses 94 students (UK and international) in a mixture of self-contained studio apartments and six-person, en-suite, shared flats. It is 50 metres from Winton high street with a wide selection of shops, banks and restaurants, and the university bus service is a short walk away.

Lansdowne Campus is only two kilometres away while Talbot Campus is just one kilometre.

Chesil House (owned by Signpost Homes) This 210-room hall at the Lansdowne Campus, mainly for students studying there and within walking distance of the Executive Business Centre, has one wing dedicated to postgraduate residents living in a mixture of self-contained studio apartments (single occupancy only) and sixperson, en-suite, shared flats.

187

Dorchester House (owned and managed by The Student Housing Company) This 540-room hall houses a mixture of undergraduate, postgraduate and language school students. There are 68 self-contained studio apartments available for postgraduates (single occupancy) from 20-30sq m in size. It is a five-minute walk from the Executive Business Centre at the Lansdowne Campus, and the Bournemouth train and coach station and a large supermarket are across the road. The BU bus service stops outside the building.

BU-managed houses (Unilet) We also manage houses on behalf of private landlords, housing over 400 students.

These are in residential areas near to either Talbot or Lansdowne Campus, such as Winton, Wallisdown, Charminster and Boscombe.

The BU Letting Service can help find a private let for students not wanting a university-allocated room, particularly helpful for students with partners and/or children, or friends wishing to share together.

Visit www.bulettings.com for more information on available houses and flats.

Families and couples Conel Court (privately owned, managed by BU) Just a five-minute walk from Talbot Campus, this small block of flats provides housing for couples, small families and members of university staff with one-, two- and three-bedroom apartments.

Transport It is important to note that there are good bus links to BU from most parts of the town (and beyond).

There is also a very good BU-subsidised bus service during term time, and out of term there is a shuttle between campuses. You do not have to travel great distances to access the facilities you need but you should find out which campus you will be studying at before you choose your accommodation. This will be in your offer letter.

What if I am undertaking work placement as part of my postgraduate studies?

Due to the length of the university’s accommodation contracts, it is likely that you will need to reside in private accommodation if you choose to undertake this option. The Residential Services Team can provide further information.

When should I apply for accommodation?

You can start the application process when you accept your offer from BU (Conditional Firm or Unconditional Firm) for a place on a full-time course.

How much will I have to pay?

You will need to make your payment to secure your booking (deposit, non-refundable booking fee). Some accommodation options also ask for rent in advance. The exact amount can be found on our price guide (www.bournemouth. ac.uk/price-guide). It is likely to be between £330 and £630. Rental prices are outlined on the following pages.

If you are from outside the UK and planning to stay in accommodation managed by one of our partners, you may need to provide your accommodation fees up front, or provide a UK-based guarantor. You can find out more at: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ accommodation

188

Accommodation

Student Village

Okeford House

Chesil House

Rooms

House sizes

Internet access

En-suite

Disabled access

Approx cost p/w (14/15)

250

3,4,5,7 bedrooms & some studios

In room (BU)

No

Yes

£106 to £148

Rooms

Flat sizes

Internet access

En-suite

Disabled access

Approx cost p/w (14/15)

94

6 bedrooms & some studios

In room (BU)

Yes

No

£119 to £142

Rooms

Flat sizes

Internet access

En-suite

Disabled access

Approx cost p/w (14/15)

210

6 bedrooms & some studios

In room (not BU)

Yes

Yes

£117 to £140

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

189

Corfe House

Dorchester House

BU managed housing (Unilet)

Conel Court

Rooms

Flat sizes

Internet access

En-suite

Disabled access

Approx cost p/w (14/15)

308

5,6 bedrooms

In room (BU)

Yes

Yes

£123 to £140

Rooms

Flat sizes

Internet access

En-suite

Disabled access

Approx cost p/w (14/15)

540

4-7 bedrooms, some studios

Yes

Yes

Yes

£148 to £155

Rooms

House sizes

Internet access

En-suite

Disabled access

Approx cost p/w (14/15)

600 approx

Mostly 4-6 bedrooms

Wireless broadband

No

No

£91 to £112

For more information please visit: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/accommodation/family

190

Rules & regulations This guide describes services offered through Bournemouth University (“BU/the University”). Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information, but the University accepts no responsibility for errors or omissions.

Provision of services The University undertakes to use reasonable endeavours to provide the educational services set out in this prospectus, or in any documents issued by it describing its teaching, examination, assessment and other educational services, to appropriately enrolled students. The University does not, however, guarantee the provision of such services.

The University reserves the right not to commence any courses or course units as set out in the Programme Handbook, the Postgraduate Prospectus or on the BU website and to close, alter or combine course units which have commenced.

Should circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the University (for example, but not limited to: industrial action by staff or third parties, the departure of key members of university staff, power failure, damage to buildings or equipment, the acts of any government or local authority) interfere

with its ability to provide educational services, the University undertakes to use reasonable steps to minimise the resulting disruption to those services, but will have no liability for such failure.

Validation of degrees As part of the University’s rigorous quality control procedures, every new course, or change to any existing course, involves a process of scrutiny and validation to ensure that these changes meet the high standard required for approval by the University’s Academic Standards Committee.

University rules It is a condition of enrolment that a student agrees to abide by the Rules of the University and all associated regulations, policies and procedures in force at the time of their enrolment/ re-enrolment. Copies of the Rules can be accessed through the University’s Registry, in School/Faculty offices or via our website at

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ student/rules Tuition and other fees Details of tuition fees are available from our website (www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ courses) and will normally be provided at the time of offer. Fees are reviewed at the beginning of each academic year. Therefore, revised rates may apply in the second or subsequent year of a course. The University reserves the right to introduce registration or other fees and will take reasonable steps to inform prospective students of its intention to do so.

Prior arrangements should be made with our Finance Department if an employer or other person is to be responsible for payment.

Students will retain personal liability for the payment of course fees if the employer, sponsor or other person fails to pay when so requested by the University. Registration for BU courses is online.

During your registration process you will be able to

191

pay online or will be given details of how to pay by cheque. Information on additional costs can be requested from the askBU Enquiry Service. Fees and deposits are only refundable in accordance with BU’s Fee Policy. See BU’s Fees Policy for further details on refunds and terms and conditions for the payment of fees at: www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ student/financial-rules Term dates 2015/16 Academic year starts: 14 September 2015 Winter break: 14 December 2015 1 January 2016 Spring break: 21 March 2016 - 8 April 2016 Academic year ends: 16 September 2016

Disclaimer Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained in this prospectus, but the University can accept no responsibility for errors or omissions. The University reserves the right to introduce changes to the information given. Our courses undergo constant review to ensure they are flexible, relevant and as up to date as possible.

In addition, details may have changed since this prospectus went to press.

For up-to-date information on BU, please visit our website at: www.bournemouth.ac.uk Data Protection The University holds all students’ personal information securely in one or more of hard copy format and electronically, and in accordance with the

requirements of the Data Protection Act 1998.

Students’ information will only be used for internal administrative and management purposes and for those registered with the Information Commissioner under the terms of our Data Protection Registration.

Subject to the terms of the Data Protection Act, students have the right to request a copy of the information held about them by the University.

Further information can be found in the Student Handbook and accessed at www.bournemouth.ac.uk/ dpa Credits This prospectus was designed and edited by the Marketing & Communications Department at Bournemouth University. Printing by W & G Baird.

192

Scholarships We believe that outstanding academic, sporting and musical achievement deserves to be recognised. That’s why BU continues to invest in scholarships to ensure we attract the best, self-motivated students who are passionate about their studies.

The table below indicates the type of BU scholarships available for 2015/16.

Type of scholarship

Value of award

Eligible students*

Number available

Vice-Chancellor’s Scholarship

50% or 100% fee reduction

Non-EU/ EU/UK

12

Dean’s Scholarship

25% or 50% fee reduction

Non-EU/ EU/UK

Dependent on Academic School/Faculty

Academic Excellence Scholarship

£2,000

UK/EU

Unlimited award for all qualifying* students

£3,000

Non-EU

International Partnership Scholarship

£2,000

Non-EU

Automatic, unlimited award for all students progressing to BU from a formal overseas partnership institution

International Partnership Excellence Scholarship

£3,000

Non-EU

One scholarship for the top achieving student progressing to BU from a formal overseas partner institution

Music Scholarship

£1,000

UK/EU

15

Sport Scholarship

A total of up to £15,000 to be awarded

UK/EU

Dependent on value and number of individual awards

*please see www.bournemouth.ac.uk/pg-scholarships for specific eligibility criteria.

Joint and external scholarship schemes BU is also very pleased to confirm participation in the Commonwealth Shared Scholarship Scheme and the Chevening Scholarship Scheme. Both are full scholarships covering course fees and living expenses.

Commonwealth Shared Scholarship Scheme: http://cscuk.dfid.gov.uk/shared Chevening Scholarship Scheme: www.chevening.org BU applicants can also benefit from scholarship funding from Santander. In 2015/16, there are nine awards of £5,000 each available to students from Santander countries.

Further information Further information about BU’s scholarships including details of eligibility criteria and application procedures are available from www.bournemouth.ac.uk/pg-scholarships www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

Index

193

1,2,3 MA 3D Computer Animation

53

A Academic Support Accommodation

16 186

MSc Clinical & Developmental Neuropsychology

168

Clubs

28

MSc Computer Animation & Visual Effects

54

MA Computer Games Art

57

Additional learning needs

18

MSc Computer Games Technology

56

MA Adaptation

80

MSc Consumer Behaviour

74

PG Dip Adult Nursing

124

Contact us

MA Advanced Mental Health Practice

132

Graduate Diploma in Law/CPE

PG Dip Advanced Nurse Practitioner

128

MA Corporate Communication

MA Advanced Practice

129

MSc Corporate Governance

108

MA Advanced Practice (Child & Family Social Work)

130

MA Creative & Media Education (part-time)

163

MA Advanced Practice (Vulnerable Adults)

131

MA Advertising

96

Advice centre

23

Alumni Association

32

Application process

180

MSc Applied Data Analytics

88

MSc Applied Sciences by Research

60

MSc Archaeological Practice

61

askBU

34

B MSc Biodiversity Conservation MSc Biological Anthropology

92 121

The Bournemouth MBA

68

Bournemouth

14

Bournemouth University International College The Business School

MSc Cyber Security & Human Factors

34 148 99

89

D MA Digital Effects

55

MSc Digital Music & Audio Production

161

MA Directing Film & Television

155

E E-learning MSc Engineering Project Management MSc Enterprise Information Systems

17 102 86

Entry requirements

182

MSc Events Management

172

MSc Events Marketing

173

F Faculty of Science & Technology

42

Fees

184

30

MSc Finance

109

36

MSc Forensic Archaeology

C

65

MSc Forensic Toxicology by Research

119

Cafeteria

22

MSc Forensic Osteology

120

Careers Service

17

Chaplaincy

29

MSc Foundations of Clinical Psychology

169

MA Cinematography for Film & Television

154

PG Dip Children and Young People’s Nursing

125

Funding

184, 192

G The Graduate School

46

Index

194

MSc Green Economy

93

MA Literary Media

Gym membership

24

M

H School of Health & Social Care Continuing Professional Development for Health & Social Care Professionals MSc Hotel & Food Services Management

38 139 178

I MA Industrial Design MSc Information Technology MSc Innovation Management & Entrepreneurship Intellectual Property courses MSc International Accounting & Finance LLM International Commercial Law

MSc Management with Human Resources

70

MSc Management with Project Management

73

MSc Maritime Archaeology

63

MSc Marketing Management

72

The Bournemouth MBA 105 87 75 147

MSc Mechanical Engineering Design MA Media & Communication

83 159

Short courses for Media Professionals

165

The Media School

40

110

PG Dip Mental Health Nursing

126

146

PG Dip Midwifery

127

MA Multimedia Journalism

142

111

N

MSc International Finance

112

NCCA

MSc International Hospitality & Tourism Management

177

MSc International Investment & Finance

113

MSc International Management

71

MA International Political Communication

97

International students

68 103

MA Media Arts Practice

MSc International Economics & Finance

MSc International Risk Management & Finance

81

Open Days

35

MSc Osteoarchaeology

62

P Poole

114 26

52

O

14

MA Post Production Editing

158

Continuing Professional Development courses in Post-Qualifying Social Work

138

Preparatory Programmes

30

MSc International Taxation & Finance

115

MA Producing Film & Television

156

LLM International Tax Law

151

MSc Product Design

104

143

MA Production Design for Film & Television

157

J MA Journalism Studies L MA Leading & Developing Services

133

Libraries Graduate Diploma in Law/CPE

148

Legal Practice Course (LPC)

149

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

MSc Professional Development (Human Resource Management) (part-time)

69

MSc Public Health

135

LLM Public International Law

150

R MA Radio Production

162

195

Research

8

Research support

12

MSc Retail Management & Marketing

76

Rules and regulations

190

S Scholarships

192

MA Scriptwriting

164

MA Social Care

136

MA Social Work

137

Societies MA Sound Design for Film & Television sportBU MSc Sport Management MSc Sustainable Tourism Planning

22 160 24 77 176

T School of Tourism

44

MSc Tourism Management

174

MSc Tourism Management & Marketing

175

Tuition fees

184

V Virtual tour Visa applications Voluntary work

35 27,181 22

Where is BU in the UK?

m

s

214m / 344kms

/5

16

k

Edinburgh

Manchester

10 7

32 1m

196

m

ms 72k /1

Birmingham

Bristol London Bournemouth

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

D ROA ANT WI N

PRIN

ST ON

RD

ROAD STERN WE

BE

COM

RD

LE

RO A

POO

CES S

DSA Y

LIN

A35

BAL

P Superstore

RD

D

Y

NEL

ROA D

ALUM

HERB

WE

HURS T ROAD

500

O

A

D

ME

A3 3 8

O

P

H

IFF

CL

RD

Herbert

ST

D

KS

G

W OO

D

Y

RO

ING

TAR L

TON

T WES

McK I NLE Y O VE R

TO

IFF CL

W ER

DR

1000 METRES

RO AD

WE ST

IF

ES T

W

CL

RD

RD

GH

Westbourne

POR

W AY RO AD

OU

BOR

MA RL

D

RD

R OA

REY

W E S S EX PO OL E

D

A

EAS T

ALYTH RD

R

FE

IF

CL

D

V

EN A

AD

LEV

RO

ER

OV

F

P

ID GE R

CAR RB R

D

WALL ISDO WN

AD RO TT LE

ES A

IL

EOF WALES RD I NC SUR

AN

PR

BR

HIL LR

OM

OA D

AR F E RN B

E

UNIVERSITY

Talbot Heath

BARROW

TALBOT CAMPUS

04

9

NK

FO R

DR

D

Y

RD

E

T AS E

RD

ICH AV

RD

P

UE

L

P

UR

NE

RD

AVEN U

P

P

RRA CE

AD RO

AVENUE R D

O

R

S

RD

RD

P

PRD

ET

RD

EAST AVENUE

RD

EN

AD

RO

PRIO RY W ESTCLI F F RD

P

IL L

TH

ES

W

ROA D

UE EN AV DU N

RN

V

A

RD

YA NS TO NE IRL ING

T

O O R

M

AD RO

S S EX W E

ROAD

LB O

k

L HIL GE PR IV ED

ER

H

BR

BOT

ST

NO

IT

W

L HI L L C OMMERCIA TE

NORW

LE

IN

CH

TA

DUNKELD

ES T

S OM EW OO D

POO

H

ST

47

RD

TAL

Talbot Woods

RO SL IN

A3

04 9 A3

Meyrick Park

LE

TT

LI

GLENMOOR R D FIRS GLEN R D

BOURNEMOUTH WEST

BR A

ELGIN RD

AVEN UE

ALYTH

TALBOT

A3

BOUNDARY

FERNSIDE RD

NORTON RD

ROAD

ELL RD

ERT RD

R

RN

SE AM OOR R D

P

RO AD

P

SON

EAD RD NST

S U R R E

B RU

WN

UNIVERSITY PLAYING FIELDS

Playing Field

ONW

0

M

Bourne Valley

D

AV

ES E N CR WR D ROA CO Y P OND

GORDON ROAD

P

LEY

MOSS

WAL LISD O

Wallisdown

P

WALLISDOWN

16

RD

10 7

BOUN

49

DER AL

BRY

A

30

40 CRES ELA CORN

7 DARY

A3 4

RD A RY ND

D

P

RD

EY RD

VA LERIE RD

P

RD

ST AUGUSTIN’S RD

66

O PL

LD

B3 0

VIS

GER

SLE

DE LI

RLE

EMA

RD

W

ES

RH

UP

DEANP

P

ST PE TE

P

P

D HR BAT

A E MAD

W

H

RD IRA

Y

P R’S R D

P

LO WT

W

E

L

L

P

RD

U ND

ER CLI

T

RY

3 A3

ST A

P

AD

D

IV FF DR

E

T EAS

D

H

W

O

E

L

VE RO

AD

U

S

RD

VI

T

CT

IA

A

NG

RD RI SP

OR

R

O

049

D

RD

ST

K N YVETON R

UN DE

MA

R

M

DR I VE R CLI FF

RD NOR

RD

CH

DRUM

C

A3

9

GR

04

AN

AM DH IN W

R

O

V

E

N

U

AD RO

T’S

A

AV

D

W

S

’S NG KI

E

E

PAR K WAY

P

RD

RD

Boscombe D OA

P

T HE M

8 RD OD WO WK P D YR STB WE

P

ENUE N AV

RD

BO SCO MBE

CLIFF RD

RD

D ER NC RE

PERCY

FLO

P

HA

P

WY

P

A RK DR

T LE

W O RR BA

DOW

Y AR EN NT CE

LL RD

D R I VE

LITTLE

Y LLE SHE

CI L ARGY

S

ER RD

5 A3

CE

P

RD

P

PK

P

TOW

ROAD OWLS

H

Nuffield

VE MA A ERSH FEV

Queen’s Park

A

TH DR PARK SOU

D ’S R NT ME LE

NG RI SP

QUEEN’S

K PAR

ROAD

RD

Haddon Hill

HU CHRIS TC

SPENCER RD

ROAD

Springbourne

I VE DR

ST SWITHUN’S

A3 5

H

S RD FRANCE

KNYVETON

N

OTE THC SOU

F I F CL ER OV

GRO

E

R

Y A P

WESTDRIVE RK

QUEEN’S PARK

RD

A3

ON

AV

BRACK ENDALE

QU EEN ’ S

Cemetery

IN DH AM RD

W

D

X

AD

W

RO AD

RO

E SS

AD

RO

RD TE CO TH NO R

AD IS RO V GER

LANSDOWNE

CHUR

K

PLANSDOWNE CAMPUS CH RD

P

E AD

NE

CHATSWORTH RD

TO

OA

NR

UE

TH

RO

CO L T

CHRIST

ST ALBAN’S AVENUE

RICHMOND WOOD ROAD

PAR

RO

E

BURNHAM D R

AD RO

S T RO UDEN AV EN U

RICHMOND PARK AVENUE

URN

AD

RO

RO A

ME

P RD

LB

CA PS LBO

SHE

BOURNEMOUTH STATION

8

’S CR

RICHMOND PARK RD

HIR

OP

RO AD

RT

ST PA UL’ S

E RD

RD GROV

GERVIS

TH BA

P

OF

LM ESB U WA

AD RO Y CH EE RO INB AD G TO N

P

RT

NO

HE R

STE

MA

ILTON R RC M OA D H ES TE R

PO

ER ST IN M AR CH

KING ’S RO AD RD RE DE D E OA LV E R B

UE

RD

RD

BOURNEMOUTH

P

VEN

MAXWELL

RD RUTLAND FI RB AN KR D ACLA ND RD

HAM RD

MARK

RO AD

ROAD

HANKINSON

OL D C H RI STCHURCH RD

IN H TO IN N TO RD N TO RD VE R RD

P

C AV EN D Cricket Ground

B3 06 4

Dean Park

ES PKCR AN DE RD P RH

S

3 06 B3

CEMETERY JUNCTION

Cemetery

D

OA

HR

EIG

ESL

IDD

RD

ROAD PORTLA ND R D

STRO UDEN

R O A D

IS A

HARR

FITZ

KE’S

U TR

RD V TA OT SC

ON RD

N

R IPON R D GR EE

MAXWELL

ST LU

AD

RO

RD NE

HANKINS

PI

PO RTLAND

A L M A KE’S

ST LU

ER RD

PARK

RICHMOND HILL

P

RD

RD

CARDIGAN RD

LIFF

MER

WYC

ALB

OA

BRAIDL

PH EN ’S R D

P

P LATI

AD

ER RO

RD

ROAD

CALV IN

PINE

LUTH

P

RO AD E WI MB ORN

A3 0

D

RO A

IVE

B30 65

IE

RIC DE FRE

RD A 30 40 ROA TON BUR

OT DR TALB AVENU E

UE EN AV

FE

AV VENSON R L STE

RD ALUM CH INE

RO W D ROA NOR

LS DU

RO AD

BEMISTER RD

/5

TREG

FOREST ROAD

E X ETER RD

B3065

ROAD

THE

PK AV OURNE

E

WESTB

D

RO AD

D STA D

BE RK EL EY R B

SVE

E ST

GRO

G L E NF E R

KE ITH

BEN EL LE N

AV

HU NT LY

E

E

AR

NF IE

RO NAI

BO U U N E N’S R D

N

ROA

S S

V A QUEE

R D

LD

GL SED

A R

UE

RT ON EY

RD

RD

RO SLIN

T

C EN

ORNE

IV E

OA D

R

D BR AI DLEY RD

RD WIMB E

ST A NT HO NY’S RD ST W

KEM

WO ODE ND RD T

ICK

DON

D

MEYR

REN

B3064

CLA

5 A3

CHINE C RE SR

D

B3066

KR AR

L

N

RD

EY RD TO AF

OD

TT RD

D RO A NE OW D R SD H N S I LA

BR AIDLEY RD

RD D’S IN IFR E

V

ST

BO WIM

OD RD

RM CHA INSTER RD

3

BOWER

D E R

HI L

KNOL

MO ND

RD

CH

BR A N K S

A3 4 7

R O TH

D ON RD

RI

N

TO

CH RI ST CH U C ER’ SR D

ER

ST

IL

PE T

V RA BA

M

T

LINWO

ABBO RD HERON COU RT

EN AV CIL

AN CE

SOMERL RD

QUEEN’S PA

B3 06 RD

RD’S

GR

CHARMI NSTER R OA D NA LEO

Y

TL

LI T

A

W

ED OW

L

HOW AR D T

WO OK E

AD

ROAD

RNE RO

RD I

IM

D

B3 0

W

OA

66

D

HA

RD

E

CL RD

ER

RD

D OL

FO

A

LP

WA

OX

AN

L VE

D

T

C

NR

RS

RT RD

RD

STO

HU

ON

ER

EN

Z UR

LM

LD

O

ST

R

PA

HO

HERON COU

RO

RD

E

EY

D

HL 9

SR

ROW AV ER

AS

04

AN D

BE

ET

K

N

RW

N

N

R

BE

D A

ELG I N

RO

MR NHA FAR

IC

A3

VALE RD

X

E S

AS RCH

DA L E R

BO

AD

STJOHN’S RD

LI NS

P ’S NG KI

S EA R

WEST DR

I

SEA ROAD

PU

TH

I NA

Bournemouth D

RD BI NGHAM

35 A

AR

Bristol London

33

Birmingham

A

RD BENGAL

DR IV E

m

ms 72k /1

N

Manchester

RD

www.bournemouth.ac.uk/postgraduate

214m / 344kms

RD

s M

m RIDLEY RD

ON

Edinburgh IN

AV ER ST

AV ST G EO GE’S R

EE S

RM CH A

UE

LIA

EN B R OAD AV

WIL

32 1m

© Crown Copyright. All rights reserved. Licence number PU100029016 Produced by Location Maps Ltd. All rights reserved.

196

Where is BU in the UK?

DU R LE

AD

RO